foreword - pbworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/jza80 electrical wiring...foreword this...

277
1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1995 SUPRA. Applicable models: JZA 80 Series For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals: Manual Name Pub. No. S 1995 SUPRA Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2 S 1995 TOYOTA New Car Features RM408U1 RM408U2 NCF109U All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice. TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction. NOTICE

Upload: doanthu

Post on 29-May-2018

227 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1

FOREWORD

This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1995 SUPRA.

Applicable models: JZA 80 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals:

Manual Name Pub. No.

1995 SUPRA Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2

1995 TOYOTA New Car Features

RM408U1RM408U2NCF109U

All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.

TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.

NOTICE

Page 2: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

2

INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 11 sections:

No. Section Description

A

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

A

INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

I

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.

J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.

KOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

Page 3: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.

Page 4: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to theactual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Page 5: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

5

: System Title

: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.

Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)

Explanation of pin use.

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.

: Connector Color

Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.

: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.

: Indicates related system.

: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).

Outside numerals are pin numbers.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.

When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.

: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.

: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).

3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.

Example:

: Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black L = Blue R = Red

BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet

G = Green O = Orange W = White

GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Example: L – Y

(Blue) (Yellow)

: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).

Example:

The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.

: Page No.

: Indicates a shielded cable.

: Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

: Indicates the pin number of the connector.

The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.

Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].

Page 6: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

6

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAYAND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.

1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.

(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.

THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.

3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR ISSTOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.

SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.

(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY

3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION

8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION

9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SW

OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P 2 21 P 4 21 P 6 21

P 3 21 P 5 21

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION

IC 24 COWL LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 24 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 7: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,J6, J7, J8, J9) in this manual include a shortterminal which is connected to a number ofwire harnesses. Always perform inspectionwith the short terminal installed. (Wheninstalling the wire harnesses, the harnessescan be connected to any position within theshort terminal grouping. Accordingly, in othervehicles, the same position in the shortterminal may be connected to a wire harnessfrom a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.

HINT:

7

: Explains the system outline.

: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.

* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with that letter.

Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW

Example: P 4

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.

Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.

Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.

Page 8: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

8

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

Page 9: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

GROUND POINTS

9

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.

Page 10: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

10

TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the

check point.

Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no

voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the

check points.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.

(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

Page 11: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

11

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the

fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:

– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the

Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while

watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.

CAUTION:(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless

absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals aretouched, the IC may be destroyed by staticelectricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part)of the digital meter, be careful that no part of yourbody or clothing comes in contact with theterminals of leads from the IC, etc. of thereplacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.

Page 12: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

12

TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER.(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the

terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

For Non–Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: The needle insertion position varies accordingto the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.

“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.

Page 13: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

13

For Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.

Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black

“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.

HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.

“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight into theaccess hole of terminal retainer as shown.

Page 14: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

14

TROUBLESHOOTING

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.

HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the

temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerin to the full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

Page 15: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

15

TROUBLESHOOTING / ABBREVIATIONS

DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLTTYPE CONNECTORSFor engine control module (engine and electronically controlledtransmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used whichrequire a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down tosecurely connect the connector.

1. Disconnect the connectorAfter completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of theconnector can be separated.

NOTICE:Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting theconnector.

2. Connect the connector

NOTICE:Before connecting the connector, always check that theterminals are not bent or damaged.

(a) Match the guide section of the male connectorcorrectly with the female connector, then press themtogether.

(b) Tighten the bolt.Make sure the connectors are completely connected,by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of lessthan 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of maleconnector and the end of female connector.

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

ABS = Anti–Lock Brake System O/D = OverdriveA/C = Air Conditioning PPS = Progressive Power SteeringACIS = Acoustic Control Induction System R/B = Relay BlockA/T = Automatic Transmission RH = Right–HandCOMB. = Combination SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel InjectionECU = Electronic Control Unit SRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemEFI = Electronic Fuel Injection SW = SwitchEGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation TDCL = Total Diagnostic Communication LinkEVAP = Evaporative Emission TEMP. = TemperatureISC = Idle Speed Control TRAC = Traction Control SystemJ/B = Junction Block VSV = Vacuum Switching ValveLH = Left-Hand w/ = WithM/T = Manual Transmission w/o = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treatedas being abbreviations.

Page 16: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

15

ABBREVIATIONS

DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLTTYPE CONNECTORSFor engine control module (engine and electronically controlledtransmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used whichrequire a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down tosecurely connect the connector.

1. Disconnect the connectorAfter completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of theconnector can be separated.

NOTICE:Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting theconnector.

2. Connect the connector

NOTICE:Before connecting the connector, always check that theterminals are not bent or damaged.

(a) Match the guide section of the male connectorcorrectly with the female connector, then press themtogether.

(b) Tighten the bolt.Make sure the connectors are completely connected,by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of lessthan 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of maleconnector and the end of female connector.

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

ABS = Anti–Lock Brake System O/D = OverdriveA/C = Air Conditioning PPS = Progressive Power SteeringACIS = Acoustic Control Induction System R/B = Relay BlockA/T = Automatic Transmission RH = Right–HandCOMB. = Combination SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel InjectionECU = Electronic Control Unit SRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemEFI = Electronic Fuel Injection SW = SwitchEGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation TDCL = Total Diagnostic Communication LinkEVAP = Evaporative Emission TEMP. = TemperatureISC = Idle Speed Control TRAC = Traction Control SystemJ/B = Junction Block VSV = Vacuum Switching ValveLH = Left-Hand w/ = WithM/T = Manual Transmission w/o = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treatedas being abbreviations.

Page 17: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.

IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.

1. SINGLEFILAMENT

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.

Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.

BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.

HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.

2. DOUBLEFILAMENT

HEADLIGHTS

FUEL

(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)

(for Medium Current Fuse)

M

16

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

Page 18: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

17

1. NORMALLYOPEN

Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.

RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.

SWITCH,IGNITION

A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.

Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe junction are spliced(joined) connections.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.

TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.

SWITCH, MANUAL

SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.

2. NORMALLYCLOSED

RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT

A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

2. NORMALLYOPEN

RELAY

1. NORMALLYCLOSED

Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.

(2) SPLICED

WIRES

(1) NOTCONNECTED

Page 19: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

[Engine Compartment]

18

RELAY LOCATIONS

[Instrument Panel]

Page 20: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

[Body]

19

[Seat]

Page 21: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

20

RELAY LOCATIONS

: J/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)

Page 22: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

21

[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]

Page 23: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

22

RELAY LOCATIONS

2 : R/B No. 2Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

: J/B No. 2Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

Page 24: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

23

4 : R/B No. 4 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)

5 : R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Right (See Page 18)

Page 25: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

24

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[2JZ–GTE]

A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor E 4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp. Sender)A 2 A/C Condenser Fan Motor E 5 Engine Coolant Temp. SW (Water Temp. SW)A 3 A/C Triple Pressure SW E 6 Engine Hood Courtesy SW

(A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) E 7 Engine Oil Level SensorA 4 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock SensorA 5 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor F 1 Front Airbag Sensor LHA 6 ABS Actuator F 2 Front Airbag Sensor RHA 7 ABS Actuator F 3 Front Fog Light and Parking Light LHA 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 4 Front Fog Light and Parking Light RHA 11 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 5 Front Side Marker Light LH

F 6 Front Side Marker Light RHB 1 Back–Up Light SW (for M/T) F 7 Front Turn Signal Light LHB 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW F 8 Front Turn Signal Light RH

F 9 Front Wiper MotorC 1 Camshaft Position Sensor No. 1C 2 Camshaft Position Sensor No. 2 G 1 Generator (Alternator)C 3 Crankshaft Position Sensor G 2 Generator (Alternator)C 4 Cruise Control Actuator

H 1 Headlight Hi LHD 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) H 2 Headlight Hi RHD 2 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3 H 3 Headlight Lo LHD 3 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3 H 4 Headlight Lo RH

H 5 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Main)E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor H 8 Horn LHE 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid H 9 Horn RHE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor)

Page 26: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

25

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[2JZ–GTE]

I 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) R 1 Radiator Fan MotorI 2 Igniter R 2 Radiator Fan Relay No. 1I 3 Igniter R 3 Radiator Fan Relay No. 2I 6 Ignition Coil No. 1I 7 Ignition Coil No. 2 S 1 SFI Resistor (EFI Resistor)I 8 Ignition Coil No. 3 S 2 StarterI 9 Ignition Coil No. 4 S 3 StarterI 10 Ignition Coil No. 5 S 4 Sub Throttle ActuatorI 11 Ignition Coil No. 6 S 5 Sub Throttle Position SensorI 12 Injector No. 1I 13 Injector No. 2 T 1 Theft Deterrent HornI 14 Injector No. 3 T 2 Throttle Position SensorI 15 Injector No. 4 T 3 Traction Brake ActuatorI 16 Injector No. 5 T 4 Traction Pump and MotorI 17 Injector No. 6 T 14 Turbo Pressure Sensor

K 1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side) V 2 VSV (for EGR)K 2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side) V 3 VSV (for EVAP)

V 4 VSV (for Exhaust Bypass Valve)M 1 Mass Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) V 5 VSV (for Exhaust Gas Control Valve)

V 6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)N 1 Noise Filter V 7 VSV (for Intake Air Control Valve)

V 8 VSV (for Waste Gate Valve)O 1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor V 10 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (forO 2 Oil Pressure SW Combination Meter)

V 11 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2 (forP 1 PPS Solenoid Electronically Controlled Transmission)P 2 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW),

Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW W 1 Washer Motor(for A/T)

Page 27: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

26

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[2JZ–GE]

A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor E 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission SolenoidA 3 A/C Dual Pressure SW E 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp.A 4 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor Sensor)A 5 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor E 4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp.A 6 ABS Actuator Sender)A 7 ABS Actuator E 6 Engine Hood Courtesy SWA 8 ABS Relay E 7 Engine Oil Level SensorA 9 ABS RelayA 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 1 Front Airbag Sensor LHA 11 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 2 Front Airbag Sensor RH

F 3 Front Fog Light and Parking Light LHB 1 Back-Up Light SW (for M/T) F 4 Front Fog Light and Parking Light RHB 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW F 5 Front Side Marker Light LH

F 6 Front Side Marker Light RHC 4 Cruise Control Actuator F 7 Front Turn Signal Light LH

F 8 Front Turn Signal Light RHD 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) F 9 Front Wiper MotorD 4 Distributor

G 1 Generator (Alternator)E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor G 2 Generator (Alternator)

Page 28: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

27

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[2JZ–GE]

H 1 Headlight Hi LH O 2 Oil Pressure SWH 2 Headlight Hi RH O 3 Oxygen Sensor (Except California on Front Side)H 3 Headlight Lo LH O 4 Oxygen Sensor (Except California on Rear Side)H 4 Headlight Lo RHH 8 Horn LH P 1 PPS SolenoidH 9 Horn RH P 2 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW),

Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SWI 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) (for A/T)I 4 Igniter P 3 Power Steering Pressure SWI 5 Ignition CoilI 12 Injector No. 1 S 2 StarterI 13 Injector No. 2 S 3 StarterI 14 Injector No. 3I 15 Injector No. 4 T 1 Theft Deterrent HornI 16 Injector No. 5 T 2 Throttle Position SensorI 17 Injector No. 6

V 1 VSV (for ACIS)K 1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side) V 2 VSV (for EGR)K 2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side) V 3 VSV (for EVAP)

V 6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)M 2 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor V 10 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1

(for California on Front Side) (for Combination Meter)M 3 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor V 11 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2

(for California on Rear Side) (for Electronically Controlled Transmission)V 12 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)

N 1 Noise FilterW 1 Washer Motor

Page 29: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

28

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A 12 A/C Amplifier B 5 Blower Motor Control RelayA 13 A/C Amplifier B 6 Buckle SW LHA 14 A/C Amplifier B 7 Buckle SW RHA 15 A/C Evaporator Temp. SensorA 16 A/C Room Temp. Sensor C 5 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyA 17 A/C Solar Sensor C 6 Cigarette LighterA 18 ABS ECU C 7 Cigarette Lighter IlluminationA 19 ABS ECU C 8 ClockA 20 ABS and Traction ECU C 9 Clutch Start SWA 21 ABS and Traction ECU C 10 Combination MeterA 22 ABS and Traction ECU C 11 Combination MeterA 23 ABS Lateral Acceleration Sensor C 12 Combination MeterA 24 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor C 13 Combination SWA 25 Air Mix Control Servo Motor C 14 Combination SWA 26 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor C 15 Cruise Control Clutch SWA 27 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) C 16 Cruise Control ECUA 28 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)A 29 Ashtray Illumination D 5 Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)A 30 Auto Antenna Control Relay D 6 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)

D 7 Diode (for Interior Light)B 3 Blower Motor D 8 Diode (for Idle-Up)B 4 Blower Motor Control Relay

Page 30: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

29

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

E 8 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern O 5 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (for ShiftSelect SW Lever)

E 9 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU) P 4 PPS ECU

E 10 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically P 5 Parking Brake SWControlled Transmission ECU)

E 11 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (Water Temp. Sensor) R 4 Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier)(for A/C System) R 5 Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier)

R 6 Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier)F 10 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH R 7 Remote Control Mirror SWF 11 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH R 8 Rheostat

G 3 Glove Box Light S 6 Seat Heater SWG 4 Glove Box Light SW S 7 Shift Lock ECU

S 8 Stereo Power AmplifierH 10 Hazard SW S 9 Stereo Power AmplifierH 11 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Sub) S 10 Stereo Power AmplifierH 12 Heater Control SW S 11 Stop Light SWH 13 Heater Control SW S 16 Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor

(for California)I 18 Ignition Key Cylinder LightI 19 Ignition SW T 5 Telltale Light LHI 20 Integration Relay T 6 Telltale Light RH

T 7 Theft Deterrent ECUJ 1 Junction Connector T 8 TRAC Off SWJ 2 Junction Connector T 9 Traction ECU

T 10 Traction ECUK 3 Key Interlock Solenoid T 13 Theft Deterrent ECUK 4 Kick Down SW

U 1 Unlock Warning SWN 2 Noise Filter

Page 31: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

30

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Body

A 31 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH N 3 Noise FilterA 32 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RHA 33 Auto Antenna Motor P 6 Personal Light

P 7 Power Window Control SW RHD 10 Door Courtesy SW LH P 8 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock ControlD 11 Door Courtesy SW RH SW LHD 12 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH P 9 Power Window Motor LHD 13 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH P 10 Power Window Motor RHD 14 Door Lock Control SW RHD 15 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW LH R 9 Rear Combination Light LHD 16 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW RH R 10 Rear Combination Light RH

R 11 Rear Side Marker Light LHF 12 Front Door Speaker LH R 12 Rear Side Marker Light RHF 13 Front Door Speaker RH R 13 Rear Speaker LHF 14 Fuel Pump and Sender R 14 Rear Speaker RHF 15 Fuel Pump ECU R 15 Rear Wiper Motor and Relay

R 16 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LHH 14 High Mounted Stop Light R 17 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH

R 18 Rear Window Defogger (+)L 1 License Plate Light R 19 Rear Window Defogger (–)L 2 Light Failure SensorL 3 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW T 11 Tension Reducer Solenoid LHL 4 Luggage Compartment Light T 12 Tension Reducer Solenoid RHL 5 Luggage Compartment Light SW

W 2 Woofer (Speaker)

Page 32: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

31

Position of Parts in Seat

P 11 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat) S 13 Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat)P 12 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control) S 14 Seat Heater Relay (for Driver’s Seat)

S 15 Seat Heater Relay (for Passenger’s Seat)S 12 Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat)

Page 33: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

[2JZ–GTE]

32

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Page 34: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

33

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA2ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

Page 35: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

[2JZ–GE]

34

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Page 36: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

35

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA3ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

Page 37: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

36

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

Page 38: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

37

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1IB2 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IB3

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB4IB5 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IB6

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IC1FLOOR NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC2FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF2INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

Page 39: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

38

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Page 40: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

39

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IG1 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEATER CONTROL SW)

IH1

IH2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)

IH3

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)

II1 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IK1 COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IL1 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

Page 41: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

40

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Page 42: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

41

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BM1 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

BO1 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)

BP1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH)

Page 43: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

42

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Page 44: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

43

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

BQ1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)

Page 45: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

44

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

50A MAINBattery

* These are the page numbers of the first page on whichthe related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system,not necessarily on the page indicated here.

20A RAD No. 1 (2JZ–GTE)

30A EFI No. 2

Generator(Alternator)

7.5A DOME

7.5A ALT–S

15A HAZ–HORN

15A FOG

30A EFI No. 1

120A ALT

Starter

30A ABS No. 2

7.5A TRAC

(2JZ–GTE)

30A AM2

30A FAN

50A HTR

60A ABS No. 1

60A POWER

50A AM1 (For USA)

60A AM1 (For Canada)

Headlight Relay

Dimmer Relay (Daytime

Running Light Relay No. 2)

Ignition SW(AM2)

Taillight Relay(Point Side)

30A DOOR

15A STOP

10A ECU–B

30A DEFOG

Ignition SW(AM1)

15A HEAD (LH) (For USA)

15A HEAD (LH–LWR)(For Canada)

15A HEAD (RH) (For USA)15A HEAD (RH–LWR)(For Canada)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD (LH–UPR)(For Canada)15A HEAD (RH–UPR)(For Canada)

7.5A IGN

(2JZ–GTE)

(2JZ–GE)

(Can

ada)

(Can

ada)

(Can

ada)

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23)20 22 23

Page 46: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

45

Rear WindowDefogger Relay

10A TAIL

10A PANEL

10A GAUGE

15A SEAT–HTR

Ignition Coil No. 1

10A MIR–HTR

Engine ControlModule (Engineand ElectronicallyControlledTransmission ECU)

7.5A RAD No. 2

15A CIG

7.5A ST

20A WIPER

7.5A TURN

10A ECU–IG

7.5A HTR

Ignition Coil No. 2

Ignition Coil No. 3

Ignition Coil No. 4

Ignition Coil No. 5

Ignition Coil No. 6

SFI Resistor(EFI Resistor)

(2JZ–GTE)

Igniter

Noise Filter

(2JZ–GE)

(Can

ada)

(2JZ

–GT

E)

(2JZ

–GE

)

(2JZ–GTE)

Igniter

Injector No. 1

Injector No. 2

Injector No. 3

Injector No. 4

Injector No. 5

Injector No. 6

Igniter

Ignition Coil

Noise Filter

(4) : R/B No. 5 (See page 20)23

Page 47: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

46

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) *1: (FOR CANADA)*2: (FOR USA)

A/C

Con

dens

er F

an M

otor

228

A2

*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

Loca

tion

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

7.5A HTR7.5A IGN7.5A RAD No. 27.5A ST7.5A TURN10A ECU–B10A ECU–IG10A GAUGE10A MIR–HTR10A PANEL10A TAIL15A CIG15A SEAT–HTR15A STOP20A WIPER30A DEFOG30A DOOR7.5A ALT–S7.5A DOME7.5A DRL7.5A TRAC15A FOG15A HAZ–HORN15A HEAD (LH) *215A HEAD (LH–LWR) *115A HEAD (LH–UPR) *115A HEAD (RH) *215A HEAD (RH–LWR) *115A HEAD (RH–UPR) *120A RAD No. 130A ABS No. 230A EFI No. 130A EFI No. 230A FAN50A HTR50A MAIN60A ABS No. 160A POWER

A3 A4 A6 A8 A9 A12 A14 A18 A19 A20 A22 A23 A24 A29 A30 A33 B1 B2 B4 B6 B7

228 228 159164 159 159 228 208

228 159 159 164 164 159164 228 122 210 210 116 164

220 228 206 206

A/C

Sin

gle

Pre

ssur

e S

W[A

/C T

riple

Pre

ssur

e S

W]

A/C

Mag

netic

Clu

tch

and

Lock

Sen

sor

AB

S A

ctua

tor

AB

S R

elay

A/C

Am

plifi

er

AB

S E

CU

AB

S a

nd T

ract

ion

EC

U

AB

S L

ater

al A

ccel

erat

ion

Sen

sor

Air

Inle

t Con

trol

Ser

vo M

otor

Ash

tray

Illu

min

atio

n

Aut

o A

nten

na C

ontr

ol R

elay

Aut

o A

nten

na M

otor

Bac

k–U

p Li

ght S

W (

for

M/T

)

Bra

ke F

luid

Lev

el W

arni

ng S

W

Blo

wer

Mot

or C

ontr

ol R

elay

Buc

kle

SW

LH

Buc

kle

SW

RH

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23)20 22 23

Page 48: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

47

197

Cen

ter A

irbag

Sen

sor

Ass

embl

y

C5 C6 C10 C11 D5C7 D1 D2 D3C13C8 C9 C12 C14 C15 C16

186 122 186 60 70130

64 82220

159

140150164174220

122

70 82181228

111140150220

220 9496 111 94

96 106 129

94 96102108122

111 126 203 174140150174

96 96 70140159

82150164

197

70 82164174197

Cig

aret

te L

ight

er

Cig

aret

te L

ight

erIll

umin

atio

n

Clo

ck

Clu

tch

Sta

rt S

W

Bra

ke W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

Met

er Il

lum

inat

ion

[Com

b. M

eter

]S

peed

omet

er[C

omb.

Met

er]

Turn

Sig

nal I

ndic

ator

Ligh

t [C

omb.

Met

er]

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

Hig

h B

eam

Indi

cato

rLi

ght [

Com

b. M

eter

]Tu

rn S

igna

l Ind

icat

orLi

ght [

Com

b. M

eter

]

Dim

mer

SW

[Com

b. S

W]

Fog

Lig

ht S

W [C

omb.

SW

]

Hor

n S

W [C

omb.

SW

]

Ligh

t Con

trol

SW

[Com

b. M

eter

]Tu

rn S

igna

l SW

[Com

b. M

eter

]F

ront

Wip

er a

nd W

ashe

rS

W [C

omb.

Met

er]

Rea

r W

iper

and

Was

her

SW

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Cru

ise

Con

trol

Clu

tch

SW

Cru

ise

Con

trol

EC

U

Dat

a Li

nk C

onne

ctor

1(C

heck

Con

nect

or)

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

No.

3

Dat

a Li

nk C

onne

ctor

2(T

DC

L)

(4) : R/B No. 5 (See page 20)23

Page 49: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

48

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) *1: (FOR CANADA)*2: (FOR USA)

*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or FuseLoca

tion

96164220

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

(M

ain)

D6

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

7.5A HTR7.5A IGN7.5A RAD No. 27.5A ST7.5A TURN10A ECU–B10A ECU–IG10A GAUGE10A MIR–HTR10A PANEL10A TAIL15A CIG15A SEAT–HTR15A STOP20A WIPER30A DEFOG30A DOOR

7.5A ALT–S7.5A DOME7.5A DRL7.5A TRAC15A FOG15A HAZ–HORN15A HEAD (LH) *215A HEAD (LH–LWR) *115A HEAD (LH–UPR) *115A HEAD (RH) *215A HEAD (RH–LWR) *115A HEAD (RH–UPR) *120A RAD No. 130A ABS No. 230A EFI No. 130A EFI No. 230A FAN50A HTR50A MAIN60A ABS No. 160A POWER

D7 D8 D10 D11 D12 E2 E4 E5 E7 E8 E9 E10 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

118 7082 118 118 118 140 220 228 220 112

60 70140

64 82150

70 82140150228

102106

102106 102 102 111 111 126

Dio

de (

for

Inte

rior

Ligh

t)

Dio

de (

for

Idle

–Up)

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

LH

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

RH

Doo

r K

ey L

ock

and

Unl

ock

SW

LH

Ele

ctro

nica

lly C

ontr

olle

dTr

ansm

issi

on S

olen

oid

Eng

ine

Coo

lant

Tem

p. S

ende

r(W

ater

Tem

p. S

ende

r)E

ngin

e C

oola

nt T

emp.

SW

(Wat

er T

emp.

SW

)

Eng

ine

Oil

Leve

l Sen

sor

Ele

ctro

nica

lly C

ontr

olle

dTr

ansm

issi

on P

atte

rnS

elec

t SW

Eng

ine

Con

trol

Mod

ule

(Eng

ine

and

Ele

ctro

nica

llyC

ontr

olle

d Tr

ansm

issi

onE

CU

)

Fro

nt F

og L

ight

and

Par

king

Ligh

t LH

Fro

nt F

og L

ight

and

Par

king

Ligh

t RH

Fro

nt S

ide

Mar

ker

Ligh

t LH

Fro

nt S

ide

Mar

ker

Ligh

t RH

Fro

nt T

urn

Sig

nal L

ight

LH

Fro

nt T

urn

Sig

nal L

ight

RH

Fro

nt W

iper

Mot

or

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23)20 22 23

Page 50: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

49

F14

220

Fue

l Pum

p an

d S

ende

r

F15 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H14 I1 I18 I20 K3 L1 L2 L4 L5 M1 M2 M3 N2

7082 68 122 122 94

969496

9496

9496 70 129 129 111

122 70 122228 114 70

82 118 94102

96108

122

184 102 102114 118 118 70

140 82 82 208F

uel P

ump

EC

U

Gen

erat

or (

Alte

rnat

or)

Glo

ve B

ox L

ight

Glo

ve B

ox L

ight

SW

Hea

dlig

ht H

i LH

Hea

dlig

ht H

i RH

Hea

dlig

ht L

o LH

Hea

dlig

ht L

o R

H

Hea

ted

Oxy

gen

Sen

sor

(Mai

n)

Hor

n LH

Hor

n R

H

Haz

ard

SW

Hea

ted

Oxy

gen

Sen

sor

(Sub

)

Hea

ter

Con

trol

SW

Hig

h M

ount

ed S

top

Ligh

t

Idle

Air

Con

trol

Val

ve(I

SC

Val

ve)

Igni

tion

Key

Cyl

inde

r Li

ght

Inte

grat

ion

Rel

ay

Key

Inte

rlock

Sol

enoi

d

Lice

nse

Pla

te L

ight

Ligh

t Fai

lure

Sen

sor

Lugg

age

Com

part

men

tLi

ght

Lugg

age

Com

part

men

tLi

ght S

WM

ass

Air

Flo

w(A

ir F

low

Met

er)

Mai

n H

eate

d O

xyge

n S

enso

r(f

or C

alifo

rnia

, on

Fro

nt S

ide)

Mai

n H

eate

d O

xyge

n S

enso

r(f

or C

alifo

rnia

, on

Rea

r S

ide)

Noi

se F

ilter

(4) : R/B No. 5 (See page 20)23

Page 51: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

50

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) *1: (FOR CANADA)*2: (FOR USA)

*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse N3

208

Loca

tion

Noi

se F

ilter

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

7.5A HTR7.5A IGN7.5A RAD No. 27.5A ST7.5A TURN10A ECU–B10A ECU–IG10A GAUGE10A MIR–HTR10A PANEL10A TAIL15A CIG15A SEAT–HTR15A STOP20A WIPER30A DEFOG30A DOOR

7.5A ALT–S7.5A DOME7.5A DRL7.5A TRAC15A FOG15A HAZ–HORN15A HEAD (LH) *215A HEAD (LH–LWR) *115A HEAD (LH–UPR) *115A HEAD (RH) *215A HEAD (RH–LWR) *115A HEAD (RH–UPR) *120A RAD No. 130A ABS No. 230A EFI No. 130A EFI No. 230A FAN50A HTR50A MAIN60A ABS No. 160A POWER

O2 O5 P2 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 R1 R2 R3 R4 R6 R7 R8 R9

220122140150

60 70116140174

64 82130150220

181159164220

118 136 136 136 136 190 190 228 228 228122210218

122 188 122 116

Oil

Pre

ssur

e S

W

O/D

Mai

n S

W

Par

k/N

eutr

al P

ositi

on S

W(N

eutr

al S

tart

SW

), B

ack–

Up

Ligh

t SW

and

A/T

Indi

cato

rLi

ght S

W (

for

A/T

)

PP

S E

CU

Par

king

Bra

ke S

W

Per

sona

l Lig

ht

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

olS

W R

HP

ower

Win

dow

Mas

ter

SW

and

Doo

r Lo

ck C

ontr

ol S

W L

H

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

LH

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

RH

Pow

er S

eat C

ontr

ol S

W(f

or D

river

’s S

eat)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(for

Driv

er’s

Sea

t Slid

e C

ontr

ol)

Rad

iato

r F

an M

otor

Rad

iato

r F

an R

elay

No.

1

Rad

iato

r F

an R

elay

No.

2

Rad

io a

nd P

laye

r(w

/o S

tere

o P

ower

Am

plifi

er)

Rad

io a

nd P

laye

r(w

/ Ste

reo

Pow

er A

mpl

ifier

)

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or S

W

Rhe

osta

t

Bac

k–U

p Li

ght L

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

LH

]

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23)20 22 23

Page 52: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

51

R9

111

Rea

r Tur

n S

igna

l Lig

ht L

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

LH

]

R10 R11 R12 R15 R16 R17 R18 S3 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 S16 T1 T3 T4 T5

114 102 116 111 114 102 102 102 203 188208

188208 208 60

64122192 184 210

214 210 70114150164

82140159174

184

192 192 192 192 82 130 164 164 159S

top

Ligh

t LH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht L

H]

Taill

ight

LH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht L

H]

Bac

k–U

p Li

ght R

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

RH

]R

ear

Turn

Sig

nal L

ight

RH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht R

H]

Sto

p Li

ght R

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

RH

]Ta

illig

ht R

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

RH

]

Rea

r S

ide

Mar

ker

Ligh

t LH

Rea

r S

ide

Mar

ker

Ligh

t RH

Rea

r W

iper

Mot

or a

nd R

elay

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or a

ndM

irror

Hea

ter

LHR

emot

e C

ontr

ol M

irror

and

Mirr

or H

eate

r R

H

Rea

r W

indo

w D

efog

ger

(+)

Sta

rter

Sea

t Hea

ter

SW

Shi

ft Lo

ck E

CU

Ste

reo

Pow

er A

mpl

ifier

Ste

reo

Pow

er A

mpl

ifier

Sto

p Li

ght S

W

Sea

t Hea

ter

(for

Driv

er’s

Sea

t)S

eat H

eate

r(f

or P

asse

nger

’s S

eat)

Sea

t Hea

ter

Rel

ay(f

or D

river

’s S

eat)

Sea

t Hea

ter

Rel

ay(f

or P

asse

nger

’s S

eat)

Sub

Hea

ted

Oxy

gen

Sen

sor

(for

Cal

iforn

ia)

The

ft D

eter

rent

Hor

n

Trac

tion

Bra

ke A

ctua

tor

Trac

tion

Pum

p an

d M

otor

AB

S In

dica

tor

Ligh

t[T

ellta

le L

ight

LH

]

(4) : R/B No. 5 (See page 20)23

Page 53: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

52

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) *1: (FOR CANADA)*2: (FOR USA)

*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse T5

7082

Loca

tion

Mal

func

tion

Indi

cato

r La

mp

(Che

ck E

ngin

e W

arni

ng L

ight

)[T

ellta

le L

ight

LH

]

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

7.5A HTR7.5A IGN7.5A RAD No. 27.5A ST7.5A TURN10A ECU–B10A ECU–IG10A GAUGE10A MIR–HTR10A PANEL10A TAIL15A CIG15A SEAT–HTR15A STOP20A WIPER30A DEFOG30A DOOR

7.5A ALT–S7.5A DOME7.5A DRL7.5A TRAC15A FOG15A HAZ–HORN15A HEAD (LH) *215A HEAD (LH–LWR) *115A HEAD (LH–UPR) *115A HEAD (RH) *215A HEAD (RH–LWR) *115A HEAD (RH–UPR) *120A RAD No. 130A ABS No. 230A EFI No. 130A EFI No. 230A FAN50A HTR50A MAIN60A ABS No. 160A POWER

T6 T7 T8 T9 T11 T12 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7

164220 68 118 102

114 194 197 70122150181

82140174220

228

60 64130

122 164 206 206 82 7082

7082 70 70 70

82 70

Tellt

ale

Ligh

t LH

Cha

rge

War

ning

Lig

ht[T

ellta

le L

ight

RH

]O

pen

Doo

r W

arni

ng L

ight

[Tel

ltale

Lig

ht R

H]

Rea

r Li

ght W

arni

ng L

ight

[Tel

ltale

Lig

ht R

H]

Sea

t Bel

t War

ning

Lig

ht[T

ellta

le L

ight

RH

]S

RS

War

ning

Lig

ht[T

ellta

le L

ight

RH

]

Tellt

ale

Ligh

t RH

The

ft D

eter

rent

EC

U

TR

AC

Off

SW

Trac

tion

EC

U

Tens

ion

Red

ucer

Sol

enoi

d LH

Tens

ion

Red

ucer

Sol

enoi

d R

H

VS

V (

for

AC

IS)

VS

V (

for

EG

R)

VS

V (

for

EV

AP

)

VS

V (

for

Exh

aust

Byp

ass

Val

ve)

VS

V (

for

Exh

aust

Gas

Con

trol

Val

ve)

VS

V (

for

Fue

l Pre

ssur

e U

p)

VS

V (

for

Inta

ke A

irC

ontr

ol V

alve

)

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23)20 22 23

Page 54: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

53

70

VS

V (

for

Was

te G

ate

Val

ve)

V10V8 W1

Veh

icle

Spe

ed S

enso

r(S

peed

Sen

sor)

No.

1(F

or C

ombi

natio

n M

eter

)

Was

her

Mot

or

Inte

grat

ion

Rel

ay

Pow

er M

ain

Rel

ay

Taill

ight

Rel

ay

A/C

Mag

netic

Clu

tch

Rel

ay

EF

I Mai

n R

elay

EF

I No.

2 R

elay

Fog

Lig

ht R

elay

Hea

dlig

ht R

elay

Hea

ter

Rel

ay

Hor

n R

elay

Sta

rter

Rel

ay

Dio

de

Rea

r W

indo

w D

efog

ger

Rel

ay

Turn

Sig

nal F

lash

er

AB

S M

otor

Rel

ay

AB

S S

olen

oid

Rel

ay

Trac

tion

Mot

or R

elay

Trac

tion

Sol

enoi

d R

elay

70140174220

82150181228

126203

108118194

136

102108122130

228

70 82140150

70 106

94 96108130

228 129130

60 64130

164220

208228 111 164 164 164 164

: R/B No. 5 (See page 20)23

Page 55: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

56

POWER SOURCE

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

7

2

5

4

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

E 7

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

22

2

2

IB1

4

2

4

2

3

4

2 1

3

5

1

1

3

W–R W–R

W

W–R

R

B

W–R

W

W–L

P–L

B–Y

B–W

B–O

R

R

R–W

R–Y

B

B

R–LW

W

L–Y

Y

B–O

B–Y

G–R

W

W

R

L–Y

B

W ( *1)

( 2JZ

–G

TE

)

( 2JZ

–G

TE

)( 2

JZ–

GT

E)

(USA)

120A ALT

20A RAD NO. 1

7. 5A DOME

7. 5A ALT–S

15A HAZ–HORN

30A AM2

60A POWER

60A ABS NO. 1

50A HTR

30A FAN(2JZ–GTE)

50A MAIN

15A FOG

30A EFI NO. 1

30A EFI NO. 2(2JZ–GTE)

30A ABS NO. 2(2JZ–GTE)

7. 5A TRAC(2JZ–GTE)

BA

TT

ER

Y

R–W

TO DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

TO STARTER

FROM PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)(FOR A/T)CLUTCH START SW(FOR M/T)

TO DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN)

TO GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

IGNITION SWI19

2A

1

2B1

HEADLIGHTRELAY

STARTER RELAY

DIMMER RELAY(DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2)

(FOR CANADA)

1J4

1B4

2

1 2

50A AM1 (FOR USA)60A AM1 (FOR CANADA)

22W

2

E 7

E 7

W TO GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

W

W

W

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

W

L–O

L–O

TO THEFTDETERRENT ECU

Page 56: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

57

* 1 : CANADA

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2E 8

E 7

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1J

3

1J

8

1J

6

30A DOOR

30A DEFOG

2 5

1 3

1H

12

1C

7

1B

2

1J5

1K

7

4 4

IC2

5

4 4

5

1

3

2

W–L

P–L

B–Y

B–W

B–O

R

R–W

R–W

R–W R–Y

R

R–B

R–W

R–B

W–L

B B

B

R

(USA)

R

(*1)

W–LY

7. 5A RAD NO. 2

15A CIG

7. 5A ST

7. 5A IGN

15A HEAD (LH)(FOR USA)15A HEAD (LH–LWR)(FOR CANADA)

15A HEAD (RH)(FOR USA)15A HEAD (RH–LWR)(FOR CANADA)

7. 5A DRL (FOR CANADA)

15A HEAD (LH–UPR)(FOR CANADA)

15A HEAD (RH–UPR)(FOR CANADA)

TAILLIGHTRELAY

10A TAIL

10A PANEL

15A STOP

10A ECU–B20A WIPER

7. 5A TURN

10A ECU–IG

7. 5A HTR

10A GAUGE

15A SEAT–HTR(FOR CANADA)

10A MIR–HTR

TO A/CAMPLIFIER

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERRELAY

1

3

2

4

E 7

(*1) (*1)

(*1) (* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

R ( *1)

(USA)

R–G

(* 1)

R

(*1)

R

TO LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

Page 57: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

58

POWER SOURCE

HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR USA)2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR CANADA)2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)TAILLIGHT RELAY

5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

I19 IGNITION SW7–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION7–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

I19 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT )

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2B 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 7 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E 8 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 58: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

60

STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

7

2

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

30AAM2

2 2

2

1J6

1J4

1B4

2 2

1K4

2

1

7. 5AST

M

B1

A1

5 2

3 1

IB38

EA13 IJ29

IJ2

13

I 4 E16

E16

IF213

IF210

EA21

IJ1

1

IGNITION SW

50A AM1(FOR USA)60A AM1(FOR CANADA)

120AALT

50AMAIN

BATTERY

STARTER

THEFT DETERRENTECU

ST

AR

TE

RR

ELA

Y

TO COMBINATIONMETER

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL STARTSW)(A/T)

CLUTCHSTART SW(M/T)

P

N

BS 2 , S 3A

I19

T13

C 9 P 2

W

B–W

B–OB–O

B–W

B

B–W

B

B

L–O

IJ12

B

(A/T)

B

( M/T

)

B–W

( M/T

)

B

( A/T

)

B–W

( A/T

)

B

( M/T

)

B–W

B–W

B

B–W

L–OB

B

L–O

B B

B

( A/T

)

SRLY

25

6

5

W–RW

W–RW

IB14

1 1

2

2 2

1

B

(A/T)

B

1

2

2A1

E13 : A/TE16 : M/T

I 4

B

B

(A/T)

( M/T

)( M

/T)

(A/T)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)

2

2

W

Page 59: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

61

* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

A2 B5 B4 B10 B11 B12 B6 A1

B77 B76 B57 B56 B55 B54 B53 B52 B58

B26 B6 B25 B5 B27 B7 A16

A4A3B7B8B9B3B2B1

G1 G1– G2 G2– NE NE– TACO

GNDIGFIGT6IGT5IGT4IGT3IGT2IGT1

+B IGC2 IGC3 IGC4 IGC5 IGC6 IGC1 TACH

STA NSW IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF

E16 E11 E11 E11 E11 E11 E16

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

21 21 21

EC

2

1

ED

II129

B–O

B–W

B

B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

BGY–R

Y–GY–BYL–Y

B–W

R–W B–O

GR

–B

GR

–G

P–B

L–O

R–Y BR

B–O

BR

B–W

B–W

BR

BR

IG–

19

A

A

AA

(SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.2

NO

ISE

FILT

ER

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

IGNITER

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR NO. 1

CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR NO. 2

CRANKSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR TO TACHOMETER

[COMB. METER]

BR

AE 9 , E10B

BI 2 , I 3A

I7

N1

D 1

C 3C 2C 1

IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.3

I8 IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.4

I9 IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.5

I10

IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.6

I11

IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.1

I6

(A/T)

( A/T

)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

I17

LL

B–R

B–WW

O

O

BR

BR

(SH

IELD

ED

)

Page 60: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

62

STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

I19 IGNITION SW7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

P 2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T)6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

C 9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED

S 2(A), S 3(B) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 1 24 I 3 B 25 J 2 29

C 2 24 I 6 25 N 1 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C 3 24 I 7 25 P 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C 9 28 I 8 25 S 2 A 25 (2JZ–GTE)

D 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) I 9 25 S 3 B 25 (2JZ–GTE)

E 9 B 29 I10 25 T13 29

E10 A 29 I11 25

I 2 A 25 I19 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 32 (2JZ–GTE)ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA2 32ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB136 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB336 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

ED 32 (2JZ–GTE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E11 I 4 38 COWL WIRE

E13 32 ENGINE WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E16

32 ENGINE WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 61: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

63

Page 62: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

64

STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GE)

7

7. 5AST

30AAM2

1B4

1J4

22

2

2 2

2

1

5 2

3 1

1K4

1J6

B1

A

1

120AALT

50AAM1

50AMAIN

BATTERY

ST

AR

TE

RR

EL

AY

6

5

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRALSTART SW)

CLUTCHSTART SW

M

THEFT DETERRENTECU

STARTER

IGNITION SW

W–R

W

B–W

B–O

B–W

B–W

B–O

B

B

B

B

L–O

B–WB

W

W–

RW

–R

W

B B

BB

–W

B–

W

B–

WB

B

L–O

B

L–

OB

–W

B

B–

W

BB

B

25

(A/T) (A/T)

( M/T

)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)

( M/T

)

( M/T

)

TO COMBINATIONMETER

SRLY

P

N

IB14

EA13 IJ12

IJ29

IF213

IJ2

13

IB26EA31

IF210

1

1 1

2

2 2

I19

C 9 P 2

T13

I17

E28I 4

2

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

2

1

2A1

I 4

B

B

B

(A/T)

E27 : A/TE28 : M/T

BS 2 , S 3A

(A/T)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)

( M/T

)( M

/T)

(A/T)

2

2

W

Page 63: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

65

2

1

IGNITIONCOIL

2 1

1 2 3 4

A

77 76 57 58 27 26 25 7

3 4 5

19

A

B

B–W

B–O B–O B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–W

B–W B–R

B–W

B–O

B–O

B R W G BR

R–Y

R–W

B–WB

BR

(A/T)

( A/T

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

+B EXT C–

STA NSW IGT IGF NE G1 G2 G–

NE G1 G2 G–

IGFIGT

NOISEFILTER

IG–

TO TACHOMETER[COMB. METER]

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECKCONNECTOR)

DISTRIBUTOR

IGNITER

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2 1

ED EC

I20

E22

IJ19

IJ1

1

II129

D 1

N 1

J 2

E 9

I 4

D 4

I 5

E28

B–W

Page 64: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

66

STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GE)

I19 IGNITION SW7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

P 2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T)6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

C 9 CLUTCH START SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED

S 2(A), S 3(B) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 9 28 I 5 27 S 2 A 27 (2JZ–GE)

D 1 26 (2JZ–GE) I19 29 S 3 B 27 (2JZ–GE)

D 4 26 J 2 29 T13 29

E 9 29 N 1 27 (2JZ–GE)

I 4 27 P 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 34 (2JZ–GE)ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA3 34ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB136 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

ED 34 (2JZ–GE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E22 I 4 38 COWL WIRE

E27 34 ENGINE WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E28

34 ENGINE WIRE

I20 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 65: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

67

Page 66: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

68

CHARGING *1 : 2JZ–GTE*2 : 2JZ–GE

12

3

E8 1E12

L IG S B

IC REGULATOR

BW W

B–

OY

–G

Y–

G

Y W

Y

W

BATTERY

10AGAUGE

7. 5AIGN

GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

A A A B1 2 3 1

II134 II123

W

W

AG 1 , G 2B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

EA24

EA32

(* 1)

(* 2)

W

2 2

7. 5AALT–S

2 2

1 1

120AALT

W W

2A1

I14

Y–

GY

–G

Y–

GF

RO

MC

OM

BIN

AT

ION

ME

TE

R

CH

AR

GE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[TE

LLT

AL

ELI

GH

TR

H]

T6

1

Page 67: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

69

G 2(A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)(A) 3–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)

13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 5000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(A) 1–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

G 1 B24 (2JZ–GTE)

G 2 A24 (2JZ–GTE) T 6 29

G 1 B26 (2JZ–GE)

G 2 A26 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA2 32ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA3 34ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

1

1 2 3

BG 1 A BLACK

12 X XX

3

T 6G 2

SERVICE HINTS

Page 68: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

70

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.)AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.(WATER TEMP.) WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AlRTEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS SIDE AND INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUITCRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU).

(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH ISINPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1 .

(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUITTHE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSIONAND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.

(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT,AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMGOF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUITVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY ISAPPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY.THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUITINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VGOF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROLSIGNAL.

(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ASA CONTROL SIGNAL.

(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUITTO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKINGIS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUITENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALSKNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 69: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

71

2. CONTROL SYSTEM

* SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM

THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONTHROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDEDBASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, 40, #50 AND #60 OFTHE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO OPERATE THEINJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEMPRODUCES CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM

THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO(13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUTTO TERMINALS IGT1 , IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5 AND IGT6 THESE SIGNALS CONTROL THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITIONTIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ONWHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TOIMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4), (9) TO(11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT1 , HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.

* IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM

THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITYFOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SOON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATE THESIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1,ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).

* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM

THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), ANDOUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.

* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TOTERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THEMEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATORLAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

Page 70: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

72

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

7

2

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

7. 5AST

30AEFINO. 2

30AEFINO. 1

5 2

3 1

5 2

3 1

P

N

6

5

M

5

4

BI EB

2 2

1K4

2 2

2 2

1B4

1J4

2 2

2 2

2 2

1J6

IC211

IB15

IJ12

IB14

BP16

IC210 IC212

IJ2

13

BP1

2

EA1

4

2

1

E16

E 9

B 6

8 5 2

1 6

E FPC FP

B

V–W

L–R

G

B–R

GR

B–R

B–W

B–Y

B–W

W–B

G

W–B

B

B–O

B–Y

GL–O

L–R

L–R

V–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

B–R

B–R

B–Y

B–W

B–W

L–O

L–O

BB

–WB B

B–W

B–O

W–RW

W

W–R

B

B–O

+B DI

IGNITION SW

CLUTCHSTART SW

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

( NE

UT

RA

LS

TAR

TS

W)

C 9

I19

P2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

EF

IN

O.

2R

ELA

Y

EF

IMA

INR

ELA

Y

120A

ALT

30A

AM

2

50A

AM

1( F

OR

US

A)

60A

AM

1( F

OR

CA

NA

DA

)

BATTERY

FUEL PUMPECU

FUEL PUMPF14

F15

2A1

1

1

1

2 2

2

I 4

B

( M/T

)

(A/T)

2 2

1 1

E 7

B–Y

E 7

B–R

B–RB–R

B–R

BTO STARTERRELAY

E16 : M/TE13 : A/T

( M/T

)( M

/T)

( A/T

)( A

/T)

( A/T

)

(A/T)

2

2

W

Page 71: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

73

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

7. 5AIGN

1E8

1J3

II113

IJ1

8

EA2

2

EA2

5

EA1

8

E15 E14 E14

I20

IC2

7

IJ1

4

IJ1

12

IJ1

9

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

A24 B76 A33 A1 B20 B19 B18 B17 B16 B15

A21 A22 B77 B74 B35 B33 B34 B32

2 3 4 8 7 6

5 2

4 6 1 3

1

DI FPC STA ISC1 ISC3 ISC2 ISC4

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

L–R

B–RB–R

V–W

L–R

G

B

B–R

GR

B–R

B–W

B–Y

B–O

B–R

GR

B–R

B–OB–O B–O

G

L–R

V–W

B–R

B–

R

B–

R

B–R

B–R

B–O

B–

OB

–O

B–

O

B–Y

B–WGR

R–L

R–

Y

R–G

R–W R

R–

B

L BR R G

B–

Y

W

B–

O

G

V–W B V

V–

Y

G–

O

G–

W

R–G

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–RB

# 10 #20 # 30 #40 # 50 #60

# 60# 50# 40# 30# 20# 10IGSWBATTNSWM–REL

+B

SFI RESISTOR(EFI RESISTOR)

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.1

S 1

I12

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.2

I13

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.3

I14

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.4

I15

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.5

I16

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.6

I17

V3

I1

VS

V( F

OR

EV

AP

)

IDLE

AIR

CO

NT

RO

LV

ALV

E( I

SC

VA

LVE

)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)

AE 9 , E10B

( A/T

)

A31

E12

B–R

+B

B75

1

2

V2

VS

V( F

OR

EG

R)

B–R

EGR

B–R

P

EVAP

(A/T)

Page 72: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

74

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

2

1

2

1

E16

E16

E15

B40 B38 B45 B66 B28 B65 B62

3 2 5

1 2 3

1

E2 PIM VC

B–RB–R

BR–B

L–RBR–B

W

BR

R–L

BR

B–R

B–R

L–R

B–

Y

BR

–B

BR

Y–R

P–L

G–R

G–

B

B–

R

B–

R

BR

–B

B–Y

L–R

BR

–B

VSV1 VSV3 THA VG E21 E2 PM1

TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR

MASS AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)

M 1

T14

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

V4

VS

V( F

OR

EX

HA

US

TB

YP

AS

SV

ALV

E)

AE 9 , E10B

V7

VS

V( F

OR

INT

AK

EA

IRC

ON

TRO

LV

ALV

E)

E10

E10

B–R

4

THA VG E2 E2

B–RB

–R

B–R

B

B47 B72 B71 B48 B73 B60 B39

1

2

1

2

1

2

E10E13E10

I17

E13

I17

IJ120

IC112 IC19 IC110

IC14

IJ25 IJ214 IJ24

2 4

4

B–R

B–R

L–R

B–R

R–L

BR

B–R B–R B–R

BR

+B E

E1

G–

Y

L–W

W–LWB–

L

BR

–W

R–L R

–L

R–L

BR

–W

R–L

BR

–W

B–

R

B–R

B–R

B–

R

B–

R

B–

R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W

2 1 3

1 3

OX2 HT2 HT1 OX1 FPU PMC VSV2

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

(SHIELDED)+B HT OX

HT OX

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR (SUB)

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( MA

IN)

H11

H5

( SH

IELD

ED

)V

SV

( FO

RF

UE

LP

RE

SS

UR

EU

P)

VS

V( F

OR

WA

ST

EG

AT

EV

ALV

E)

VS

V( F

OR

EX

HA

US

TG

AS

CO

NT

RO

LV

ALV

E)

V6

V8

V5

1 1

B50 B49

KNK1 KNK2

WW

( SH

IELD

ED

)

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

R( O

NR

EA

RS

IDE

)

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

R( O

NF

RO

NT

SID

E)

K2

( SH

IELD

ED

)

K1

(SHIELDED)

Page 73: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

75

* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

2

1

2

1

2

1

E14

E16E16E16E16

E16E16

B46B24B44B63B42B41 B43 B64

B27B7B5B25B6B26

1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1

12 1 3

A

A

A

A

A

138415

19

A

A

A

A

A

+B FP E1

G1 G1– G2 G2– NE– NE

B

LG

Y–L

L–R

BR–B BR–BBR–BBR–B

GR–R

BR–B

L–R

L–R

B–R

B–R

BR

R–L

BR

W

R–L

L–R

BR

W

L–R Y R Y

–L

GR

–R

L–Y

O

BR

–Y

BR

–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

GR

–R

Y–L

BR

–B

RY

OX2 OX1 TE1 VF1

VCC VTA1 IDL1 VTA2 IDL2 THW OIL THG

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

E1

A5

E3

EG

RG

AS

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A/T

FLU

IDT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EF

IW

AT

ER

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R)

D 1DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

IG–

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)AE 9 , E10B

TO

TR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

L–R

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

T 2SUB THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

S 5

BR

E13

B–R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

BR

I17

21

21 12

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

BRL

B–W

W

B–R

B–RBR

L

CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR NO. 1

CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR NO. 2

CRANKSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

C 1

C 2 C 3

O

O

BR

BR

BR

E16R TO TRACTION

ECU

( A/T

)( A

/T)

A16

II129

B–

WB

–W

TACO

FR

OM

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

Page 74: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

10AMIR–HTR

10APANEL

15ASTOP

1

2

IH4 1E6 1I10

IF13

II132II1

EA1IJ2

IJ1IJ2 IJ111

IJ16

A15 A34 A23 A12 A11A38 A27 A26 A14 A13 A4 A17

A20 A19B29 B57 B56 B55 B54 B53 B52 B58 A6 A2

TE1 TE2VF1 IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF W SP1

ELS A/C ACMG OD1 ABSNEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC– STP TT

E16

I17

A1 A2 A3 A9 A8 A7 B3

B1

TACH

IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF

Y–L

LG

L–B

P

LG

P–G

Y–L

BR

Y–L

LG

B

Y–L

P–GLG R–W B–O

GR

–B

GR

–G

P–B

L–O

R–Y

L–B P

B

L–R

L–R

W–G

BR

–B

Y–RP–L

B W O

W–R

P–L

Y–R

BR

–B

W–G

L–R

R–Y

R–Y

G–O

L–R

G–W

G–W

GR–R

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

W

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

AE 9 , E10B

TO TRACTION ECU

TOA

BS

AN

DTR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

TOC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

TOA

/CM

AG

NE

TIC

CLU

TCH

RE

LAY

TOA

/CA

MP

LIFI

ER

DIODE(FOR IDLE–UP)

D 8

1 3

IGNITER

2

312

1114

2

GR

–R

S11

STO

PLI

GH

TS

WAI 2 , I 3B

I11

BR

BR

BR

I17

I16

IC18

IJ118

B69 B80 B79

E1 E01 E02

ED

I17

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

(A/T)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)( A

/T)

76

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

Page 75: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

77

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

I14

10AGAUGE

I14

I 5

II12 II123 II18

IJ113IJ15IJ117

1E12

II115 II111

IF17

3

2

13

IF

ENGTE1TE2E1

WTT

2

1 5

6 7

7123

85

L–B

L–R

Y

Y–L

LG

P

BR

GR–R

L–B

BR

P

L–B P BR

L–R Y R

Y

YY

YL–

BLGP–G Y–L

V10VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

ODO ANDTRIP

TELL

TA

LELI

GH

TR

H

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

RLA

MP

( CH

EC

KE

NG

INE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT)

[TE

LLTA

LELI

GH

TLH

]

T5

T6

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

L–B

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 5

I14

I14

A11 A10 B11

A9

L–R

YY

R

BR

Y

L–R

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

[CO

MB

.M

ET

ER

]BC

10,

C12

AP–G

L–B

BR

(A/T)

I 8

Page 76: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

78

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

EFI MAIN RELAY(2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

EFI NO. 2 RELAY(2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)

4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)

I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE)1, 3– 2: APPROX. 10–30 4, 6– 5: APPROX. 10–30

I12, I13, I14, I15, I16, I17 INJECTOR1– 2: APPROX. 13–8

T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR1– 4: APPROX. 4–9 K1– 3: 3.3– 10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION

0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)1– 2: 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.0177 IN.)

INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.0216 IN.)

E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS)

BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTSIGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON+B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

IDL1–E2 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

VTA1–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED: 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN

#10, #20, #30–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)#40, #50, #60–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)

THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING

ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)W–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING

IGF–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)NSW–E1 : 0–3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION

9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITIONSP1 : PULSE GENERATION

TE1, TE2–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONA/C–E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C OFF

7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C ONELS–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON

0–1.5 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFFSTP–E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)

0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF(RESISTANCE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS)

IDL1–E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN: 0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

VTA1–E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN: 200 –800 WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

VCC–E2 : 4 K –9 KTHA–E2 : 2 K –3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)THW–E2 : 200 –400 WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)

ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4– +B : 10–30 #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60– +B : 13.2 –14.2

SERVICE HINTS

Page 77: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

79

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 5 24 (2JZ–GTE) H 5 24 P 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C 1 24 H11 29 S 1 25

C 2 24 I 1 25 (2JZ–GTE) S 5 25

C 3 24 I 2 B 25 S11 29

C 9 28 I 3 A 25 T 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C10 A 28 I12 25 (2JZ–GTE) T 5 29

C12 B 28 I13 25 (2JZ–GTE) T 6 29

D 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) I14 25 (2JZ–GTE) T14 25

D 5 28 I15 25 (2JZ–GTE) V 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)

D 8 28 I16 25 (2JZ–GTE) V 3 25 (2JZ–GTE)

E 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) I17 25 (2JZ–GTE) V 4 25

E 3 24 (2JZ–GTE) I19 29 V 5 25

E 9 B 29 J 2 29 V 6 25 (2JZ–GTE)

E10 A 29 K 1 25 (2JZ–GTE) V 7 25

F14 30 K 2 25 (2JZ–GTE) V 8 25

F15 30 M 1 25 V10 25 (2JZ–GTE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 32 (2JZ–GTE)ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA2 32ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC136 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC236 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BP1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

ED 32 (2JZ–GTE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 732 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 538 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E 932 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 838 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E10 I11 38 COWL WIRE

E12 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E1332 ENGINE WIRE

I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE

E1432 ENGINE WIRE

I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E15 I20 38 COWL WIRE

E16 B 6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 4 38 COWL WIRE

Page 78: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

80

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

Page 79: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

81

Page 80: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

82

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)

THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.)AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.(WATER TEMP.) WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AlRTEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT(EXCEPT CALIFORNIA)THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE ANDINPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).(FOR CALIFORNIA)THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDEAND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2, OX3 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUITCRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITIONIS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE .

(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH ISINPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1 .

(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUITTHE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSIONAND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.

(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” OR “P” OR NOT,AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMGOF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUITVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS+B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAINRELAY.THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUITINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALKS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROLSIGNAL.

(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ASA CONTROL SIGNAL.

(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUITTO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKINGIS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 81: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

83

(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUITENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALSKNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

2. CONTROL SYSTEM

* SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM

THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONTHROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDEDBASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, 40, #50 AND #60 OFTHE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO OPERATE THEINJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEMPRODUCES CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM

THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO(13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUTTO TERMINAL IGT. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR CALIFORNIA)

THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE, SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEMTURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THEOXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM(1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT1 , HT2, HT3 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.

* IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM

THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITYFOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SOON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THESIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1,ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).

* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM

THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), ANDOUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.

* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TOTERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

* ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)

ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED ANDCLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FORINCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES THE VEHICLESPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV(FOR INTAKE CONTROL VALVE).

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THEMEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATORLAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

Page 82: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

84

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)

7

2

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

30AAM2

7. 5AST

30AEFI NO. 1

P

N

6

5

2 5

1 3

M

5

4

B 6

E20

I17

2

1

1B4

1K4

2 2

2

2 2

1J4

1J6

2 2

IC212 IC211

IB15

IB14

IJ112

IC210

IJ12

EA3

3

EA1

8

EA1

4

IJ1

4

BP1

2

IJ2

13

BP1

6

IC2

7

EB BI

50AAM1

120AALT 1 2 3

2

4 5

1

B

G

V–W

L–R

GR

B–Y

B–W

B–R

B–O

B–Y

GR

B–WB

L–R

L–R

B–R

W–B W–B

V–WG

G

V–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

B–W

B–W

BB

–W

BB

W–R

WW

W–R

B–W

B–OB–W

B–O

+B FP

IGNITION SWI19

(A/T)

( M/T

)

BATTERY

B

( M/T

)

( A/T

)

CLU

TC

HS

TAR

TS

W

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

( NE

UT

RA

LS

TAR

TS

W)

C9 P

2

(A/T)

( A/T

)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

E DI FPC

FUEL PUMP ECU

FU

EL

PU

MP

F15F

14

1

1 1

2

2

2

I 4

B

2A1

EFIMAINRELAY

E28 : M/TE27 : A/T

TO STARTERRELAY

B

E20

B–Y

B–Y

(A/T)

( A/T

)

( M/T

)

L

2

2

W

Page 83: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

85

*2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA*1 : CALIFORNIA

*3 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

IJ25 IJ214 IJ24

IC14 IC112 IC19 IC110

IJ18

B76A33A24

A30A36A22 A21 B77

ED

2 1 3

OX3HT3STADIFPC

M–REL BATT NSW

OXHT+B

B–R

(*1)

B–W

L–R

B

G

V–W

L–R

GR

B–Y

B–W

B–O

R–L

R–L

BR

–W

B–R

BR

–W

B–R

R–L

BG

V–W

L–R

B–W

GR

B–Y

B–W

BR

–W

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

BR

BR

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*3)

AE 9 , E10B

(A/T)

( A/T

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

A31 B75

E25 E25 E26

2

1

E1

IJ1

20B–R B–RB–R

+B EGR

B–R

4

B–R

7. 5AIGN

I20 E28

1E8

1J3

II113

IJ1

9

A1 B57 B58

2 1

B–OB–O

B–W

IGT IGF

R–W R–Y

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–W

B–R

IGSW IGT IGF

C–EXT

54

B–O

FR

OM

IGN

ITIO

NC

OIL

IGN

ITE

RI

4

E28

II129

B–W

B–W

3

+B

TO COMBINATIONMETER

B–W

B–O

BR

B–R

P

V 2VSV (FOR EGR)

SU

BH

EA

TE

DO

XY

GE

NS

EN

SO

R( F

OR

CA

LIF

OR

NIA

)

S16

(*1)

Page 84: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

86

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

11

E28 E28 E28 E28 E28

E23

B15 B19 B18 B17 B16 B20

B36 B50 B49 B27 B26 B25 B7

1 2 3

A

A

A

4

A

A

A

A

A

A

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B–O

BR

B–R

BR

B–W

L–R

(*1)

(SHIELDED) BR

B–R

(* 1)

B–W

L–R

BR

B–OB–OB–OB–O

FPU KNK1 KNK2 NE G1 G2 G–

GWRBWWW–L

B–R

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

R–B

R–Y

R–G

R–W R R–

L

#60 #20 # 30 # 40 # 50 # 10

NE G1 G2 G–

E27

E27

B66 B41 B45 B65

3 4 2

15

L–R

BR–B

L–R

LG–B

P–

L

BR

–B

L–R

BR

–B

KS VCC THA E2

I17

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.6

I13

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.2

I14

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.3

I15

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.4

I16

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.5

I12

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.1

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

R( O

NR

EA

RS

IDE

)

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

R( O

NF

RO

NT

SID

E)

K1

K2

VS

V( F

OR

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

UP

)

V6

J2

D 4DISTRIBUTOR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*3)AE 9 , E10B

VO

LUM

EA

IRF

LOW

( AIR

FLO

WM

ET

ER

)

V12

L–R

BR–B

(*1)

( *1)

Page 85: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

87

* 1 : CALIFORNIA* 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA* 3 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

1

2

2

1

2

1

11

E23

E27

E23

E28

I17I17

I17

E28E28E27

B64B43 B44 B24 B46

B48 B73 B72B47

4242

4 3 2

1313

1

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BR

B–R

BR

B–W

L–R

BR

L–R

B–W

B–R

R–LR–L

BR

B–R

W

BR–B BR–B BR–B

BR

B–RBR

B–R

WW

W

B–L

R–L

B–Y

B–Y

R–L

BR

–YOL–Y

RY

RYL–R

BR

–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

R

OX1 HT1 OX2 HT2

+B E +B E

VTA1 IDL1 THW OIL THG

HTOXHTOX

(*1)

TH

RO

TTL

EP

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

T2

TOC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EFI

WA

TER

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

)

A/T

FLU

IDTE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

EG

RG

AS

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

E3

A5

E1

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( EX

CE

PT

CA

LIFO

RN

IAO

NFR

ON

TS

IDE

)

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( EX

CE

PT

CA

LIFO

RN

IAO

NR

EA

RS

IDE

)

O3

O4

( *1)

(* 2)

MAIN HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR(FOR CALIFORNIAON REAR SIDE)

M 3

(*1)

( *1)

(* 2)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*3)

AE 9 , E10B

W

E26

ED

B–R

BR

B–R

10AMIR–HTR

10APANEL

15ASTOP

1

2

IJ111II132

1I101E61H4

A15 A4

2

31

G–W

R–Y

R–Y

G–W

W

G–O

L–R

STPELS

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IF13

L–R STOPLIGHTSW

DIODE(FOR IDLE–UP)

D 8

S11

L–R

(A/T

)( A

/T)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

MAIN HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR(FOR CALIFORNIAON FRONT SIDE)

M 2

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

Page 86: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

I17

I17

I17

I17

ED

II131 EA12 IJ211

IJ1

18

IJ1

13

IJ1

17

IJ1

5

A34 A23 A12 A17

A20 A19 B29 A6B69B28 A2 B80 B79

3

4

1

19

12

15

13

8

14

VF2 TE1 TE2 VF1 E1 W SP1 EO1 EO2

BR BR

GR–R

Y–L

P–G

LG

P

BR

BR

W

BR

L–R

B–W

B–R

R–LY–L

LG

L–B

Y–L

P–G

LG

BR

W

BR

BR

L–O

Y–L

P–G LG BR

L–B P B

R

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

–B

W–G

L–R

L–R

W–G

BR

–B

A/C ACMG OD1 TT

TOA

/CA

MP

LIF

IER

TOA

/CM

AG

NE

TIC

CLU

TC

HR

ELA

Y

TOC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(*1)

OX2

+B

IG–

FP

OX1

E1

VF2

TE1

VF1

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

D 1

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*3)

BE 9 , E10A

B74B39B34 B32 B35 B33

2

1

1

22 5

6431

E24E24

ISC2 ISC4 ISC1 ISC3 ACIS EVAP

G–W

R–G

V–Y

G–O

G–Y V

B–R

B–R B–R

B–R

VS

V( F

OR

EV

AP

)

VS

V( F

OR

AC

IS)

IDLE

AIR

CO

NTR

OL

VA

LVE

( IS

CV

ALV

E)

I1

V1

V3

IC1

8

BR

B–R

B–R

(A/T)

B–R

B–R

BR

(*1)

E24B–R

(*1)

( A/T

)

88

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)

Page 87: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

89

*2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA*1 : CALIFORNIA

*3 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

10AGAUGE

I 5

I14 I14 I14

I14

I11

II115 II111

II123

1E12

IJ16

II12 II18

IF1

7

3

2

6 5

3 2

1 2 7 3

85

1 1

TE1 TE2 ENG E1

Y–L

P–G

LG

L–B

P

BR

BR

GR–R

L–B

Y Y

L–R

L–R

L–B

BR

Y–L

P–G LG BR

GR

–R

L–B

L–B

L–B P

P L–R

YY

Y Y YY

RL–R

L–R R

L–RRTT W

DA

TALI

NK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

2( T

DC

L)

TELL

TALE

LIG

HT

RHM

ALF

UN

CT

ION

IND

ICA

TOR

LAM

P( C

HE

CK

EN

GIN

EW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T)

[TE

LLTA

LELI

GH

TLH

]

D5

T6

T5

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

[CO

MB

.M

ETE

R]

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

NO

.1( F

OR

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R)

V10

ODO ANDTRIP

BC

10,C

12A

A9

A10 A11B11

IF

BR

BR

(A/T)

( A/T

)

(* 1)

7

BR

BR

I 8

Page 88: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

90

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)

EFI MAIN RELAY(2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)

4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)

I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE)1, 3– 2: APPROX. 10–30 4, 6– 5: APPROX. 10–30

I12, I13, I14, I15, I16, I17 INJECTOR1– 2: APPROX. 13–8

T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR1– 4: APPROX. 4–9 K1– 3: 3.3– 10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION

0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)1– 2: 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.0177 IN.)

INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.0216 IN.)

E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS)

BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTSIGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON+B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

IDL1–E2 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

VTA1–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED: 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN

#10, #20, #30–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)#40, #50, #60–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)

THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING

ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)W–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING

IGF–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)NSW–E1 : 0.3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION

9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITIONSP1 : PULSE GENERATION

TE1, TE2–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONA/C–E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C OFF

7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C ONELS–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON

0–1.5 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFFSTP–E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)

0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF(RESISTANCE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CONNECTORS)

IDL1–E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN: 0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

VTA1–E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN: 200 –800 WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

VCC–E2 : 4 K –9 KTHA–E2 : 2 K –3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)THW–E2 : 200 –400 WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)

ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4– +B : 10–30 #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60– +B : 13.2 –14.2

ACIS– +B : 38.5 –44.5

SERVICE HINTS

Page 89: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

91

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 5 26 (2JZ–GE) I 1 27 (2JZ–GE) O 3 27

C 9 28 I 4 27 O 4 27

C10 A 28 I12 27 (2JZ–GE) P 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

C12 B 28 I13 27 (2JZ–GE) S11 29

D 1 26 (2JZ–GE) I14 27 (2JZ–GE) S16 29

D 4 26 I15 27 (2JZ–GE) T 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

D 5 28 I16 27 (2JZ–GE) T 5 29

D 8 28 I17 27 (2JZ–GE) T 6 29

E 1 26 (2JZ–GE) I19 29 V 1 27

E 3 26 (2JZ–GE) J 2 29 V 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

E 9 B 29 K 1 27 (2JZ–GE) V 3 27 (2JZ–GE)

E10 A 29 K 2 27 (2JZ–GE) V 6 27 (2JZ–GE)

F14 30 M 2 27 V10 27 (2JZ–GE)

F15 30 M 3 27 V12 27

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 34 (2JZ–GE)ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA3 34ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC136 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC236 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BP1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

ED 34 (2JZ–GE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E20 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 538 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E23 I 838 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E24 I11 38 COWL WIRE

E2534 ENGINE WIRE

I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E2634 ENGINE WIRE

I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E27 I20 38 COWL WIRE

E28 B 6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 4 38 COWL WIRE

Page 90: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

92

ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)

Page 91: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

93

Page 92: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

94

HEADLIGHT (FOR USA) *2 : 2JZ–GE*1 : 2JZ–GTE

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

2 2

2 2

2 2

IE

1K5

1J1

EA

13 14

2

6

3 1

2

1 1

1

24

11 9 12

3

2 2

7

COMBINATIONSW

BATTERY

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

HIG

HB

EA

MIN

DIC

AT

OR

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ETE

R]

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HI

RH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LOR

H

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HI

LH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LOLH

15AHEAD (LH)

15AHEAD (RH)

HRLY

H

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

DIM

ME

RS

W

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

C13

C12

H2

H4

H1

H3

I20

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

W–B

B

R

R–L

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–W

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y R R

R–Y

R

R

W–B

I 2

IB213

IF114 IB17

I 2

IB12

IF16

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–B

R–B

R–L

2A1

E 2 : *1E18 : *2

E 9 : *1E21 : *2

E 2 : *1E18 : *2

HEADLIGHTRELAY

50AMAIN

Page 93: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

95

HEADLIGHT RELAY2 1– : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]13–11 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION

C13 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW ]14–9 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION12–9 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C12 28H 2

24 (2JZ–GTE)H 4

27 (2JZ–GTE)

C13 28H 2

27 (2JZ–GE)H 4

27 (2JZ–GE)

H 124 (2JZ–GTE)

H 324 (2JZ–GTE) I20 29

H 127 (2JZ–GE)

H 327 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB136 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 232

E21 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E 932

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 2 38 COWL WIRE

E18 34

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

XX32 X XX32 XXX

9 11 12 13 14

1 2 1 2

6 7

1 2 1 2

C12 C12 C13

H 1 H 2 H 3 H 4 I20

(2JZ–GTE) (2JZ–GE) BLACK

BLACK BLACK BROWN BROWN

X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 94: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

96

HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)

1H12 2

11

L

GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

PARKINGBRAKE SW

BATTERY

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

10AGAUGE

7. 5ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

D 6

P 5G 2

Y

Y–G

B

Y–G

BR

–W

11 8

2 15

2

2 2

1 3

2

1

2 4

50A

MA

IN

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

R

R–Y

W

R

R–Y W

1

2B1

IF27

Y–

G

2A1

II134

1B5

1H9

RR

Page 95: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

97

2

1

175

6

14 13

12 9 11

7

13 1618

COMBINATIONSW

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

FLASHDIM

ME

RS

WLI

GH

TC

ON

TRO

LS

W

C13

R

R–W

W–B

W–B

G–W

W–B

G–W

R

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R

R–Y

W

R–Y

HIGH

E 7

IB31

2

1

EB

I 4

I 2

I 2

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

D 6

TOT

HE

FTD

ET

ER

RE

NT

EC

U

R–Y

B–W

R–W

W–B

IG

1K5

1J1

W–B

W–B

R–L

W

W

R–Y

B 2

DIODE

BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL WARNING SW

IB213

R–Y

4

4

3 1

2 4

2 2

2 2

R–L

DIMMER RELAY(DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2)

INTEGRATIONRELAY

I20

IE

Page 96: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

98

HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

1

2

1

2

E 2

EA

15AHEAD(LH–UPR)

7. 5ADRL

15AHEAD(RH–UPR)

15AHEAD(RH–LWR)

15AHEAD(LH–LWR)

HEADLIGHTLO RH

HEADLIGHTLO LH

H 4 H 3

R

R–W

R

R R

R–W

R–B

R–G

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1

E 7

E 7

E 2

E 1

1

2

1

2

B1 B3

B2 B4 A1 A5

A2

A3

3

2

IB12

IF16

E 2IF114

EA EB IE

TOF

OG

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–L

R–B

R–L

R

W–B

IB513

W–B

R–L

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–L

R–B

R–Y

R–W

R–Y

W–B

W–B

HIGH BEAMINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 3

HEADLIGHTHI LH

HEADLIGHTHI RH

C12

H 1 H 2

R–W

R–W

R–W

BD 2 , D 3A

R–B

E 8

Page 97: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

99

VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM THE MAIN FUSE, THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 5 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), TERMINAL 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY, TERMINAL 14 OF DIMMER SW, DIMMER RELAY(DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (COIL SIDE), TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FROM THE GAUGE FUSE IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN).

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE STARTS, VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL “L” OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OFTHE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THISTIME, THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKESW OFF), A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE PARKING BRAKE SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY (MAIN). THIS ACTIVATES THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), TURNING ON THE DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2). CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM THE MAIN FUSE TO DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 2) (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI LH → HEADLIGHT HI RH → TERMINAL (A)5 OF DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL (A)3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT APPROX. 20 % OF THEIRNORMAL BRIGHTNESS.

ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) HAS BEEN ACTIVATED AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTSREMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS ENGAGED AGAIN (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT HEAD POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEHEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 13 OF LIGHT CONTROLSW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY.

THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD LWR FUSE → HEADLIGHT LO →GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEDRL FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3.

WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) TO ACTIVATE IT. THIS TURNS ON DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2).SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE→ HEADLIGHT HI LH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND FROM THE HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE →DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → HEADLIGHT HI RH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE)→ GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO OPERATE AT HI.

WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OFTHE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY(POINT SIDE) FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT LO, LIGHTING UP HEADLIGHT LO AND ACTIVATING DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3.THEN TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN),ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT HI LIKE IT DOES FOR HIGHPOSITION. THIS CAUSES ALL HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP.

D 6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM

DOES NOT OPERATE OR LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION(WITH THE CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED, ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS)

8–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 98: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

100

HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 2 24 (2JZ–GTE) D 6 28 H 4 24 (2JZ–GTE)

C12 28 G 2 24 (2JZ–GTE) I20 29

C13 28 H 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) P 5 29

D 2 A 24 H 2 24 (2JZ–GTE)

D 3 B 24 H 3 24 (2JZ–GTE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2B 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB3

36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB5 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 36 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 1 E 8 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E 2 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 238 COWL WIRE

E 7

32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 438 COWL WIRE

Page 99: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

101

Page 100: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

102

TAILLIGHT

2 3

1 5 10ATAIL

1

2

1A3 1C161K11

B 6

1

3

1

3

1

2

1

2

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

1B

2

1J1

1K5

2

EB EAIE

W–L

G G G G G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

G–W

GG

W–B

G

11

2

4

2

5

1

G

TAILLIGHTRELAY

INTEGRATIONRELAY

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C13

BATTERY

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TE

LIG

HT

L1

60A

PO

WE

R12

0AA

LT

PA

RK

ING

LIG

HT

[FR

ON

TFO

GLI

GH

T]

FR

ON

TS

IDE

MA

RK

ER

LIG

HT

RH RHLH LH

1

1

2

2

2A1

E2

:2J

Z–G

TE

E18

:2J

Z–G

E

F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

DIO

DE

W–B

I20

2

2

W

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

W–B

W–B

Page 101: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

103

10AGAUGE

B 5

B 8

B 7

B 5

B 7

B 3

BI BJ

18

1

IE15

1

2

1

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

GG G

W–B

W–B

1C2

G

Y

VV

LGLG LG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

W–B

W–B

W–B

9 11

5 5

3 8 4

1 1

LIGHT FAILURE SENSORL 2

RE

AR

LIG

HT

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[TE

LLT

ALE

LIG

HT

RH

]

T6

TAIL

LIG

HT

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

T]

RHLH

DE

LAY

CIR

CU

IT

RE

AR

SID

EM

AR

KE

RLI

GH

T

RHLHR11 R12

R 9 R10

W–B

–+

1E12

Y

G

B 6

W–B

Page 102: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

104

TAILLIGHT

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR, ANO ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9 , AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.

AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 11–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C13 28 F 5 26 (2JZ–GE) R 9 30

F 324 (2JZ–GTE)

F 624 (2JZ–GTE) R10 30

F 326 (2JZ–GE)

F 626 (2JZ–GE) R11 30

F 424 (2JZ–GTE) I20 29 R12 30

F 426 (2JZ–GE) L 1 30 T 6 29

F 5 24 (2JZ–GTE) L 2 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1B20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 103: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

105

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 32ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

B 6

E18 34ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

B 7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

B 340 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE

B 8

40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

B 540 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

Page 104: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

106

FOG LIGHT

15AHEAD(LH–LWR)(FOR CANADA)

15AHEAD (LH)(FOR USA) 15A

FOG

2 5

1 3

IB215

IE EB EA

1

2

1

2

2 2

2 2

2 2

9

2 2

376

1 1

G–O

G–R

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–O

G–O

OO

R–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

FOG LIGHTRELAY

OFF

FOG

LOW

FOG LIGHT SW[COMB. SW]

C13

FRONT FOGLIGHT RH[PARKINGLIGHT RH]

FRONT FOGLIGHT LH[PARKINGLIGHT LH]

F 3 F 4

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

W–B

W–B

W–B

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

Page 105: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

107

FOG LIGHT RELAY(2) 3–(2) 5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C13 28 F 3 26 (2JZ–GE) F 4 26 (2JZ–GE)

F 3 24 (2JZ–GTE) F 4 24 (2JZ–GTE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E18 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

3 X 6

7 9

1 2 1 2

BLACK GRAY GRAYC13 F 3 F 4

SERVICE HINTS

Page 106: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

108

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

2 2

2

1B2

1B5

A6A5

A7 A4

1I16

1K11

1J

1

1K

5

IE BI

2

3

50A

MA

IN

120A

ALT

BATTERY

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DOOR COURTESYSW LH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

TAILLIGHTRELAY

7. 5ADOME

10AGAUGE

3 1

22

5 1

13 2

1 1

24

11

1 7

6

3 2

2

I20 A

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

INTEGRATION RELAY

C13

D10

W–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

B

R G

G–W

R

W–L

R–Y

W–B

R–Y

SQ

R

SR

Q

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

2

1

IB213

2

1

60A

PO

WE

R

R–Y R

IC215

2A1

2

2

W

Page 107: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

109

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGEFUSE.

VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, ANDTO TERMINAL (A) 6 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION(TURN TAILLIGHT ON)

WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. DUETO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF THELIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND, AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.

(TURN HEADLIGHT ON)

WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGANL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A) 7 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 7 → TERMINAL13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT ANDHEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHTS ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH LIGHT ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN THE DRIVER’SDOOR IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFFWHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A) 4 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A) 6 TOTERMINAL (A) 7 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT.

AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

HEADLIGHT RELAY2 1– : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (FOR USA)

: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (FOR CANADA)TAILLIGHT RELAY

3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN

I20(A) INTEGRATION RELAY7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH LH DOOR OPEN1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

(A) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 7–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C13 28 D10 30 I20 A 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1I

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 108: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

110

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

Page 109: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

111

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

Page 110: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

112

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

15AHAZ–HORN

7. 5ATURN

5

6

5

6

1

2

1

2

I 3

I 3

I 2

B 5

IE EB BI EA BJ IH

A

A

2 1E7

4 1C4 1C3

4 4

IF112IF117

1H

11

1H

7

1A

7

1A

4

1E19 1E14

B6A

B7

IF14

IB13

WW

W

G–R

W–R

R–B

G–B

G–Y

R–B

G–B

G–B

W–B

G–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

R–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–B

W–B

G–Y

G–Y

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–R

W–B

97 5 6 1 5 8

3

2 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

8 10

2

15

TURN LH

RH

TB TL TR

HAZARD OFF

ON

F TB B2 TL B1 TR

HAZARD SWH10

TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]C13

TURN SIGNALFLASHER

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TLH

F7

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TR

H

F8

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TLH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TLH

]

R9

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TR

H[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R10

TURN SIGNALINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

LH TURN RH

B L

E

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

AC10 , C12B

1

Page 111: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

113

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER(4) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX.12 VOLTS TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,

OR WITH HAZARD WARNING SW ON(4) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD WARNING SW ON(4) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C10 B 28 F 7 26 (2JZ–GE) J 1 29

C12 A 28F 8

24 (2JZ–GTE) R 9 30

C13 28F 8

26 (2JZ–GE) R10 30

F 7 24 (2JZ–GTE) H10 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 32ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E18 34ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

B 5 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 2 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 112: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

114

STOP LIGHT

15ASTOP

10AGAUGE

1I101C2

1

2

1C10

1H1 18

1

B 5

B 7

B 3

BM11

BO16

BI BJ

BO13

BM12

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IE15

WG

–WG

–WG

–W

Y

VV

R–W

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

G–W

G–W

R–W

G–W

W–B

W–B

Y

5 5

2 11

1

487

2

3 3

W–B

STOP LIGHT SWS11

REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]

T 6

LIGHT FAILURE SENSORL 2

STOP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB.LIGHT LH]

R 9STOP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB.LIGHT RH]

R10

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

H14

+–

HO

LDC

IRC

UIT

1E12

B 5 B 5W–B

W–B

Y

W–B

Page 113: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

115

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSOFLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THECURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THEDISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.

AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHTWARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THEWARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLDING AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.

S11 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

H14 30 R 9 30 S11 29

L 2 30 R10 30 T 6 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

B01 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 340 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE

B 7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

B 540 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

12

X42X

X 7 8 X 11 XX

3

5

X

3

5

1 2

1

X X X

H14 L 2 R 9 R10 S11

T 6

BLUE

18

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 114: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

116

BACK–UP LIGHT

10AGAUGE

1E12

II123

C2

II136

IE112

5

4

5

4

BI BJ

B2

A8

B1

C1

A4 (A/T)(M/T 2JZ–GTE)

(M/T 2JZ–GE)

(A/T)(M/T 2JZ–GTE)

(M/T 2JZ–GE)

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

YY

LH

BA

CK

–UP

LIG

HT

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

T]

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

RH

B 7

R10R 9

BACK–UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T)

P 2 A

BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)

CB 1 ,B

B 5

W–B

W–B

Page 115: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

117

B 1 (B), (C) BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)P 2 (A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T)

(B), (C) 2–1, (A) 4–8 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 1B 24 (2JZ–GTE)

P 2 A25 (2JZ–GTE) R 9 30

B 1C 26 (2JZ–GE)

P 2 A27 (2JZ–GE) R10 30

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B 5 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE B 7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

1 21 2 X 4

8

X

4

5

X

4

5

B GRAYB 1 C GRAYB 1 A GRAYP 2 R 9 R10

SERVICE HINTS

Page 116: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

118

INTERIOR LIGHT

7. 5ARADNO. 2

10AGAUGE

7. 5ADOME

1B5 1C1 1E11 1F8 1D6 1H9

1E9 1D2 1D10 1J1 1F6 1F2 1D4 1K1

4

5

2

1

2

1

IG BI IE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

R

R

R

R

R

W–G

W–G

G

W–B

R–B

LG

L–B

RRRRR

–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

3 10 2

1

3

1711

2

2

2

INTEGRATIONRELAY

RO

OM

LIG

HT

SW

[DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

LH]

D12

DIO

DE

( FO

RIN

TE

RIO

RLI

GH

T)

D7

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RH

D11

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

LH

D10

1

B 1

1I6

IC2

2

A3A2

IF29IF28

ID16IL18

3

1

3

1

IL116

IH

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

RH

[DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RR

H]

D16

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

LH[D

OO

RLO

CK

MO

TOR

LH]

D15

I 4 : *1I11 : EXCEPT *1

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–W

L–W

G–B

G–B

L–W

L–W

G–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LG

R–B

W–B

R–W

4

FADE OUTCONTROL CIRCUIT

I20 A

ACC IG B

PLCK LOCK DOOR SW E LP

Page 117: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

119

*1 : 2JZ–GE M/T EXCEPT CALIFORNIA

2

1

6

7

1

B 7IE1

8

R

R

R

R

R

W–G

W–G

G

W–B

R–B

LG

R R R R R

W–

G

W–

G

G

W–B

R–B LG

LG

LG

3 2

14

1

8

I18

IGN

ITIO

NK

EY

CY

LIN

DE

RL

IGH

T

D1

2D

OO

RK

EY

CY

LIN

DE

RLI

GH

T[D

OO

RK

EY

LO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

LH

]

PERSONAL LIGHTP 6

OPEN DDORWARNING LIGHT[TELLTALELIGHT RH]

T 6

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT SW

L 5

2

1

LG

L 4

Page 118: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

120

INTERIOR LIGHT

INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO.1)1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH RH DOOR OPEN OR LH DOOR OPEN

D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

D 7 28 D15 30 L 4 30

D10 30 D16 30 L 5 30

D11 30 I18 29 P 6 30

D12 30 I20 A 29 T 6 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1F 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT)

1K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IH36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 438 COWL WIRE

B 1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I1138 COWL WIRE

B 7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 119: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

121

Page 120: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

122

ILLUMINATION

10APANEL

2 3

1 5

1B2

2

1K11 1I3

I10 I10 I 4

I10 I10 I10

5

6

1

2

3

1

2

1

1J1 1E18

1K5

IE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

G–W

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–OG–O G–O G–O

W–L

W–G

W–B

G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

11

4

2

2

5

G–O

W–G W–G W–G

60APOWER

TAILLIGHTRELAY

T

TRLY

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

INTEGRATIONRELAY

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C13

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

SW

S6 TR

AC

OF

FS

WT

8

1

I10

IF1

16

I20

I10G–O

3

5

W–G

A/T

IND

ICA

TO

RIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N[O

/DM

AIN

SW

]

O5

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

ALL

YC

ON

TRO

LLE

DTR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

PA

TTE

RN

SE

LEC

TS

W

E8

A29

AS

HT

RA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N

I 9

G–O

G–O

Page 121: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

123

*2 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER*1 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

I19 I14 I14

I12

I12

2

1

3

2

1

2

8

20

9

2

10

4

13

12

A

A

2

1

IH25

I 8

IF310

IH

IH110

G–O

G–O G–O G–O G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O G–O

W–B

G–O

W–G

W–B

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

W–G

W–G

W–

G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–

G

W–B

W–B

W

G–O

G–

O

G

3

2 1

BB B B B B

B

W–G

(* 1)

( *2)

A10

B5

B

GLO

VE

BO

XL

IGH

TG

3

HA

ZA

RD

SW

H10

CIG

AR

ET

TE

LIG

HT

ER

ILL

UM

INA

TIO

N

C7

HE

AT

ER

CO

NT

RO

LS

WH

12

RA

DIO

AN

DP

LAY

ER

( *2)

RA

DIO

AN

DP

LAY

ER

( *1)

R6

OD

OA

ND

TR

IPIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N[T

ELL

TA

LELI

GH

TR

H]

T6

C10

ME

TE

RIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

J 1JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1ILL– T

E

RHEOSTAT

(*2

)

( *1

)

GLOVE BOXLIGHT SW

G 4

BR

4,

R5

A

I3

:M

/TI1

4:

A/T

R 8

( *1

)( *

1)

Page 122: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

124

ILLUMINATION

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]2–11 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A29 28 H10 29 R 6 29

C 7 28 H12 29 R 8 29

C10 28 I20 29 S 6 29

C13 28 J 1 29 T 6 29

E 8 29 O 5 29 T 8 29

G 3 29 R 4 A 29

G 4 29 R 5 B 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1I

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF336

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH136

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)IH2 38

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I10 38 COWL WIRE

I 4 38 COWL WIRE I12

I 8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 9 38 COWL WIRE I19

38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 123: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

125

Page 124: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

126

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

20AWIPER

1H5 1A1

IB2

7

M1 2

IB29 IB28 IB22

IE EB

1J1

1K12

M

8

16

4

7

13

18

2 3 6 5

1F 9

W 1

C14

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

WASHER MOTOR

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

L–O L

L–W

L–R

GR–G

L–O

L

L

L

L–WL

L–R

GR

–G

LW

–BW–B

WB

E 9 : 2JZ–GTEE21 : 2JZ–GE

OF

F

MIS

T

INT

LOW

HIG

H

WA

SH

ER

L

W–B

GR

–G

L–R

L–W

Page 125: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

127

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OFTHE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.

1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTORTO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOWS OFCURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHERSW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.

THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED INRELAY AND INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THECONDENSER.

4. MIST POSITION

WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT LOW SPEED.

5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WAHSER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN,AND WINDOW WASHER IS JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUNDAND FUNCTION.

C14 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (COMB. SW)16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION

APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION

F 9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR5–6 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C14 28 F 9 26 (2JZ–GE) W 1 27 (2JZ–GE)

F 9 24 (2JZ–GTE) W 1 25 (2JZ–GTE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 126: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

128

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 9 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E21 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

X 7 8 X

X X 16 18 X X

4 X

13 X1 2 3

65X

1 2

C14 F 9 W 1BLACK BLACK BLACK

Page 127: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

129

HORN

1 3

2

2

2 2

2

10 1 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

WL–

RL–

RL–

R

2

15AHAZ–HORN

HORNRELAY

HORN SW[COMB. SW]

C13H 8 H 9HORN LH HORN RH

1

IB216

I 2L–R

L–B

L–B

L–BTO THEFTDETERRENTECU

E 2 : 2JZ–GTEE18 : 2JZ–GE

X

10

1 1

C13 H 8 H 9BLACK BLACK BLACK

HORN RELAY(2) 2–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C13 28 H 8 27 (2JZ–GE) H 9 27 (2JZ–GE)

H 8 24 (2JZ–GTE) H 9 24 (2JZ–GTE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 32ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 2 38 COWL WIRE

E18 34ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 128: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

130

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

7. 5AST

1

50A

MA

IN

1

60A

PO

WE

R

1

120A

ALT

5 2

3 1

1 3

2 4

12

2

2

1K11 2 2 2

IJ12

IB38IB26

IB213

IF215

IF216 IF210 IJ213

EA1

3

1

2

1K4

IF211

1

2

P

N

5

6

2A

1J1 1D10

1K12 1E18

IF29 IF28

ID116ID16

ID13ID113

ID15

3

1 2

I21

I 3

B 1

IE

TAIL HEAD SRLY

KSW IND UL3 L2 LSWD

M

3

1 4

2

3 2

LOCK PLCK

10

L–O

R–Y

G–W

R–Y

L–O

B

B–W

B

L–OB

R–Y

G–W

W–L

B

Y

W–L

G

G–Y

L–W

B

YW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–W

L–Y

W G–Y

L–W

G–B

L–W

L–Y

L–R

W–B

G–B

L–Y

G–Y

L–W

W–BW–B

G–Y

B

B

B–W2

22

9

I20

P 2

U 1

INTEGRATION RELAY

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

NS

WLH

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

LH

D15

D12

UNLOCKWARNINGSW

T5

THE

FT

DE

TER

RE

NT

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

GH

T[T

ELL

TALE

LIG

HT

LH]

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

(A/T)

(M/T)

ST

AR

TER

RE

LAY

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

TAIL

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(* 1)(*2)

( A/T

)

(M/T)

( M/T

)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

CLUTCHSTART SW

C 9

G–Y

BATTERY

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

I 4

B

( A/T

)

3 2

5 1

1

B 1

2

2

W

B23 B10 B25

B20 B12 B6 B22 B15

BT 7 , T13A

B

Page 129: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

131

*2 : 2JZ–GTE*1 : 2JZ–GE

15AHAZ–HORN

2 2 2 2

IB216

IB619

IF214

EA1

7

I 2

IF2

6

I19

I21

ID17 ID11 IL19 IL110 IL17 IL12 IL18 IL112

I21

I21

I21

B 2

8

2 1

4

2 3

3

2 1

HORN SH

L1 UL1 UL12 LSWP ACT– ACT+ E

3

1

M

2

4

IH

IL1

16

IL111

W–B

L–R

L–Y

G–BWG–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–R

R–W

G–R

R–W

G–Y

L–Y

G–B

L–Y

G–B

W–L

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

W

W

W

W–L

W–L

L–R

W

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

1

23 1

2

D16

D13

D14

P8

L–RL–R

W–BW–B W–B W–B W

–B

L–Y

G–BWG–Y

R–W

G–R

R–W

G–R

G–R

R–W

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

WLH

[PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

MA

STE

RS

W]

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

WR

H

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

RH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

NS

WR

H

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

K

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

L–Y

G–B

TO HORN SW[COMB. SW]

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

HORNRELAY

W–L

W–L

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

L–R

THEFT DETERRENTHORN

T 1

2

1

B 2W–B

I21

L–R

L–R

II122

B24 B11

B5 B8 B16 B21 A2 A3 A4

BT 7 , T13A

Page 130: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

132

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

10AECU–IG

15ACIG

7. 5ADOME

1E17 1E2 2

1E11

1B5

IF23 IF39

IE18IE14IF34IC215 IB64

BI IG EA BJ

2

3

2

3

2

1

2

1 1

DSWLLUGDSWHDSWPDSWD

+B1ACCIG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

RR

B–R

L–R

LGL

V–R

R–L

R–B

V–R

R–B

LGL

V–R

R–L

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

1

2

THEFT DETERRENT ECUT 7

L 5L 3E 6D11D10LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT SW

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTKEY UNLOCK SW

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

DOOR COURTESYSW RH

DOOR COURTESYSW LH

30ADOOR

IH15

A7 A8 B1 A9

IF113

A6

IF312

IE

1I7

1J1 1D9

B4B9B14B19B7

PRLY

+B2

1J2

YY

W–B

L L

L–W

L–W

PO

WE

RM

AIN

RE

LAY

Page 131: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

133

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL(B)1 THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE ECU →TERMINAL (A)6 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE.THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THE INDICATORLIGHT TO LIGHT UP.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)5, (B)22(FOR KEY SW) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OFTHE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2(RH) → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL (A)8, (B)6 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (B)16 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION.CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCKMOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND THE DOORLOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.

WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, DOING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKS ONLY THEDRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE DONE AGAIN WITHIN 3SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION.

3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION∗ OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)

WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOORLOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE OPERATION OFTHE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 →TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THEECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOOR LOCK KEY SW.

∗ KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION

WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCKOPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THE LOCKCONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THIS ACTIVATESTHE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 132: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

134

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH3–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

D12, D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH1–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY

D15, D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH, RH1–3 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

E 6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

L 3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY

L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

T 7(A), T13(B) THEFT DETERRENT ECU

(B) 9–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B)14–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN(B) 4–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN(B) 8–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 5–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO LOCK POSITION(B)25–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)

; APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED (M/T)(A) 7–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B)20–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER(B)15–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B)21–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 6–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION(B)16–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION(B)22–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION(A) 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(B) 1–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 9 28E 6

24 (2JZ–GTE)T 1

25 (2JZ–GTE)

D10 30E 6

26 (2JZ–GE)T 1

27 (2JZ–GE)

D11 30 I20 29 T 5 29

D12 30 L 3 30 T 7 A 29

D13 30 L 5 30 T13 B 29

D14 30P 2

25 (2JZ–GTE) U 1 29

D15 30P 2

27 (2JZ–GE)

D16 30 P 8 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1(LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1(LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 133: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

135

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA132 (2JZ–GTE)

ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)EA134 (2JZ–GE)

ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB336 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB6 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IH36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 2 38 COWL WIRE I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I 4 38 COWL WIRE B 2 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE

I19 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

Page 134: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

136

POWER WINDOW

1J21D91D101J1

1I7

30ADOOR

IE

POWERMAINRELAY P

OW

ER

WIN

DO

WM

AS

TER

SW

P8

8

4

L

L

W–B

L

L

W–B

FROM POWER SOUCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

2 3

1 5

2

1

B1 A7 A6 A9

B19 A4

THEFT DETERRENTECU

BT 7 , T13A

KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT

B7

IHIGBI

2

3

2

3

IF34

IF23

IC215

7. 5ADOME

2

10AECU–IG

1E17

1B5

1E11

1H15

IF1

13

IF3

12 Y

L–W

RR

B–R

R–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–L

W–B

Y

L–W

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WLH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

H

D10

D11

Page 135: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

137

M2 1

M2 1

1 3

2 54

IL14 IL117 IL13

ID114 ID115

9 10 5 7

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

WR

H

POWER WINDOW MOTOR RHPOWER WINDOW MOTOR LH

UP

DO

WN

LOCK

NORMAL

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

AU

TO

PASSENGER’ SDRIVER’ S

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

S

RQ

P7

P 8

–+

+–

R–

L

G–

W L

R–W

G–Y

R–

L

G–

W L

R–L

G–W L

G–YR

L

P 9 P10

IF35

DO

WN

UP

Page 136: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

138

POWER WINDOW

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFTDETERRENT ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, THIS ACTIVATES THERELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM DOOR FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH.

1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND AND CAUSES THEPOWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED.

IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERNINAL 9 OF THEMASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL10 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION ANDCAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THEPOWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO THE DOWN CONTACT POINT AND AUTO DOWN CONTACT POINT OF THE DRIVER’S SW.

THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, AND THE HOLD CIRCUIT ALSO TURNS ON ATTHE SAME TIME, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) REMAINS ACTIVATED EVEN WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED.

CURRENT FLOWS AT THIS TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 2 OFPOWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 10 OF POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, SO THEMOTOR CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY DOWN.

WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW FINISHES DOWN OPERATION THE HOLD CIRCUIT GOES OFF, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) ALSOTURNS OFF. THIS STOPS THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 9 , SOTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR STOPS AND AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.

WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED ON THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, THE HOLD CIRCUIT IS TURNED OFF SOCURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 9 IS CUT OFF AND THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR STOPS. IF THE SW REMAINS PULLED UP, THE RELAY (UP SIDE) IS ACTIVATED, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 10 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION AND MANUAL UPOPERATION OCCURS WHILE THE SW IS PULLED UP.

3. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWERWINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 →GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATIONCONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S)IS PULLED TO THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1TO TERMINAL 2 , AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THEGROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.

AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 8 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOWCANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE, REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THEABOVE CIRCUIT.

4. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOORFUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWERMAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM DOOR FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTERSW AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SWIS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BYOPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TOOFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)19, (B)7 OF THEFT DETERRENT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNED OFF AND UP ANDDOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 137: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

139

P 8 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

D10 30 P 8 30 T 7 A 29

D11 30 P 9 30 T13 B 29

P 7 30 P10 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IH36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUATER PILLER

SERVICE HINTS

Page 138: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

140

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

7

2

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

7. 5AST

7. 5AIGN

30AEFINO. 1

30AAM2

P

N

6

5

2 5

1 3

E16

E 9 EA2

2

EA1

8

EA1

4

EA2

5

IJ213II113

IB14

2

1K41E8

2A

2 2

2 2

1J61J3

2 2

1J4

1B4

EB

50A AM1(FOR USA)60A AM1(FOR CANADA)

120AALT

B–R

B–O

B

B–W

GR

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

GR

B–R

B–R

B–O

B–W

W

B–O B

GR

B–Y

W–RW

W

W–R

B

W–B

B–W

B–W

B–W

B

B–R

B–R

W–B B–R

B–O

IGNITION SWI19

BATTERY

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TR

AL

ST

AR

TS

W)

P2

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

EFI MAINRELAY

1

2

22

1

11

1

E 7

B–Y

2

2

W

Page 139: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

141

*1 : ENGINE AND ELACTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

E16

E16

E16

E17

A24 A33 A31 B13 B10 B9 B14 B12 B31 B23 B3

B76 B77 A1 B66 B45 B28 B62 B65 B41 B43 B64

1

2

B–R

B–Y

GR

B–W

B

B–O

B–R

BR–B

L–R

B–R

BR–B

L–R

BR–B

B–RG

R

B–

Y

B–R

Y–G

W–

R

R–

L

LG–B

LG–R

W–G R G

B–

Y

L–R

BR

–B

L–R Y

BR

–B

R

BR

–B

BR

P–L

Y–R

B–W B

B–O

Y–R

P–L BR

B–Y

BR

–B

L–R Y R

B–R

6 4 8 7 5 1

1

2 3 5 4 2 3 1 1 2 4 3

2 3

NSW STA IGSW VG THA E21 PM1 E2 VCC VTA1 IDL1

M–REL BATT +B SLN– S1 S2 SLU– SLT– SLT+

NO

.4

NO

.1

NO

.2

NO

.3

NO

.5

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

E 2

SP2+ SP2–

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

NO

.2

( FO

RE

LEC

TR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

N)

V11

T14

T 2

TURBO PRESSURESENSOR

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSORMASS AIR FLOW

(AIR FLOW METER)

M 1

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)

AE 9 , E10B

E10B–R

VG THA E2

B

E2B–R

PIM VC E2

RL W B BR G O

Y

E17

B–

R

SLN– S1 S2 SLU– SLT– SLT+

SLN+ SLU+

Page 140: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

142

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

15ASTOP

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

2

2

1

E16

I17

E16E16E16

1I10

1J1

1H13

IE

IJ111IJ16

IJ212IJ23

B21 B1 A4 A20 A19B29 A17

B42 B63 B44 B24 B46 A3 A18 B27 B7

IJ1

5

IJ1

13

3

12 8 13 1 2 7 5 9

4 3 1 2

4

VTA2 IDL2 THW OIL THG KD M NE NE–

ECTTTENGTE2TE1VF1TE1+B

BR–BBR–BBR–B

L–R

B–R

LG

Y–L

V–G

L–Y

O

BR

–Y

GR

–R

Y–L

BR

–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

GR

–R

BR

–B

Y–L

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–Y

B–R BR

G–YY

LG P–GY–L

G–W

YL

G–W

W

B–R

Y–L LG Y–L

P–G LG

GR

–R

V–G

GR

–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

(SHIELDED)

NCO+ NCO– STP TE1 TE2VF1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

STOP LIGHTSW

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

O/D

DIR

EC

TC

LUTC

HS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

S11

D 1

O1

TT

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 5

Y

S 5SUB THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EF

IW

ATE

RT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

)

A/T

FLU

IDTE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

EG

RG

AS

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

KIC

KD

OW

NS

W

E3 A

5

E1

K4

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

CR

AN

KS

HA

FT

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

E 8

C3

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)

AE 9 , E10B

NO

RM

AL

MA

NU

AL

IJ117

Page 141: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

143

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

10AGAUGE

I14

I17

1E12

ED

II15 II138 II111

IJ27A7 A9 A10

B69 B80 B79 A28 A25 A2

A

6 5

A

2

1

V–G

V–G

W–L

L–R

G–R

G–B

LG–R

R–B

Y

V–G

P

W–L

V–GBR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

P

W–L

V–G

P L–R

G–R

YY

Y

G–B

LG–R

R–B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

SP1MIOD2EO2EO1E1

R 2 L

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

ODO ANDTRIP

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

TE

LLT

ALE

LIG

HT

RH

T6

C16

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)

AE 9 , E10B

D

A12

IJ211

BR

–BB

R–B

OD1

FRO

MC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

V–G

Page 142: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

144

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

P R N D 2 L

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

I11

I21

I14

I17

E16

E16

I17

I14 I 8

E14

II17 II136 II11 II118 II117 II127

IF31

II12II18

II123

4

2

IE IH

SP

EE

D

B9 A1 A4 A10 A6 A7 A8 A11

B11 B10 A12 A2 A13

A

32

1

A

R–B

LG–R

G–B

G–R

Y

R–B

LG–R

G–B

G–R

L–R

W–L

V–G

V–G

V–G

V–G

V–G

L–R

YY

W–

B

W–

B

V–G

V–G

W–B

V–

G

W–

B

W–LR

L–RR

L–RR

Y

G–B

LG–R

G–RL

R–

B

GR

G–B

LG–R

G–RL

R–BGR

YY

YY

GR

R–B L

G–R

LG–R

G–

B

YY

Y Y A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

P 2

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

NO

.1

( FO

RC

OM

BIN

AT

ION

ME

TE

R)

V10

O/D MAINSW

O 5

J 1

O/D

OF

F

MA

NU

P R N D 2 L

COMBINATION METER

AC10 , C11 ,C 1 2B

Y

IF

C11

BR

BR

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

Page 143: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

145

THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE ETC.THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFTTIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BYVARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THEDRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONWHEN DRIVING, THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP.SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B) 23 OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME, THE THROTTLEVALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (MAIN) IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL.

BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS.

WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 4 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID →GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO. 2 SOLENOID DOES NOT HAVE CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME).

FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 8 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID →GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU) → TERMINAL 4 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT.

FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT.

SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS. THE NO. 4 SOLENOID (FORACCUMULATOR BACK PRESSURE MODULATION) IS INSTALLED TO ADJUST THE BACK PRESSURE ON THE ACCUMULATOR AND CONTROLS THEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE DURING SHIFTING AND LOCK–UP IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SHIFTING WITH LITTLE SHIFT SHOCK.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) DECIDES, BASED ON EACHSIGNAL, THAT THE LOCK–UP CONDITION HAS BEEN MET, THE CURRENT THROUGH EFI NO. 1 FUSE FLOWS FROM THE EFI MAIN RELAY →TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B)14 OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, SO CONTINUITY TO NO. 3 (FORLOCK–UP) CAUSES LOCK–UP.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)4OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASELOCK–UP.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT

* O/D MAIN SW ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONCAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.

* O/D MAIN SW OFF

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHTFLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, ASIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITWHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS SWICHED FROM NORMAL TO MANUAL, A SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). INPUTOF THIS SIGNAL CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION METER → TERMINAL (A)12 →TERMINAL (A)25 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND,LIGHTING UP THE INDICATOR LIGHT. IF THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IS THEN SHIFTED TO “2” POSITION, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ENABLES THE VEHICLE TO START OFF WITH THE TRANSMISSION IS2ND GEAR, THUS PERMITTING EASING STARTING OFF AND DRIVING ON SLIPPERY ROADS.

6. CRUISE CONTROLWHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL. ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE, LOCK–UP AND SO ON FORSMOOTH DRIVING.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 144: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

146

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID8– GROUND : APPROX. 13.2 4– GROUND : APPROX. 13.2

6–2 : APPROX. 8.3 7–3 : APPROX. 3.8 1–5 : APPROX. 3.8

E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)

4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)

E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTSIGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

+B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONIDL1–E1 : 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA1–E1 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENSTA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING

M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONVCC–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

L–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “L” POSITION2–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “2” POSITIONR–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “R” POSITION

O 1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR1–2 : APPROX. 620

V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)1–2 : APPROX. 620

E 8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW4–3 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT MANUAL POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 5 24 (2JZ–GTE) E 3 24 (2JZ–GTE) O 5 29

C 3 24 E 8 29 P 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C10 B 28 E 9 B 29 S 5 25

C11 A 28 E10 A 29 S11 29

C12 C 28 I19 29 T 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C16 28 J 1 29 T 6 29

D 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) J 2 29 T14 25

D 5 28 K 4 29 V10 25 (2JZ–GTE)

E 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) M 1 25 V11 25 (2JZ–GTE)

E 2 24 (2JZ–GTE) O 1 25

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 145: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

147

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 32 (2JZ–GTE)ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2))

EA2 32ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2))

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

ED 32 (2JZ–GTE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 732 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E 932 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I11 38 COWL WIRE

E10 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E1432 ENGINE WIRE

I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E1632 ENGINE WIRE

I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E17

Page 146: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

148

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE)

Page 147: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

150

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE)

7

2

8

3AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

7. 5AST

7. 5AIGN

30AEFINO. 1

30AAM2

P

N

6

5

2 5

1 3

I17EA3

3

EA1

8

EA1

4

IJ213II113IB14

2

1K41E8

2A

2 2

2 2

1J61J3

2 2

1J4

1B4

EB

50AAM1

120AALT

B–O

B

B–W

GR

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

GR

B–R

B–O

B–W

W

B–O B

GR

B–Y

W–RW

W

W–R

B

W–B

B–W

B–W

B–W

B

B–R

W–

B

B–RB

–O

IGNITION SWI19

BATTERY

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TR

AL

ST

AR

TS

W)

P2

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

EFI MAINRELAY

1

1

1

2

2

2

1

E20

B–Y

1

2

2

W

Page 148: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

151

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

E27

E25

A24 A33 A31 B10 B9 B8 B23 B3

B76 B77 A1 B66 B41 B45 B65 B43 B64

1

2

B–R

B–Y

GR

B–W

B

B–O

BR–B

B–R

BR–B

L–R

BR–B

B–R

GR

B–Y

B–

R

W–R

R–L

B–

R

R GL–

R Y

BR

–B R

BR

–B

P–

L

L–R

LG–B

B–

W B

B–O

LG–

B

L–R

P–L

BR

–B Y R

B–R

1 2 3

3 4 2 1 4 3 1 2

NSW STA IGSW KS VCC THA E2 VTA1 IDL1

M–REL BATT +B S1 S2 S3

NO

.1

NO

.2

NO

.3

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

ALL

YC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

SO

LEN

OID

E2

SP2+ SP2–

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

NO

.2

( FO

RE

LEC

TR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

N)

V11

T 2THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

VO

LUM

EA

IRF

LOW

( AIR

FLO

WM

ET

ER

)

V12

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

AE 9 , E10B

E27

5

BR BR

E27

W B Y

A35

PS

1

2

E27

BR

–W

BR

BR

PO

WE

RS

TE

ER

ING

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

P3

Page 149: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

152

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE)

15ASTOP

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

1

2

I17

I17

E28E28

1I10

1J1

1H13

IE

IJ111IJ16

IJ212IJ23

A4 A20 B29 A17

B44 B24 B46 A3 A18 B25 B7

IJ1

5

IJ1

13

3

12 8 13 1 7 5 9

4

THW OIL THG KD M G2 G–

ECTTTENGTE1VF1TE1+B

BR–BBR–B

B–R

LG

Y–L

V–G

L–Y

O

BR

–YB

R–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–Y

W G

G–YY

LGY–L

G–W

G–W

W

B–R

Y–L LG Y–L LG

GR

–R

V–G

GR

–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)(SHIELDED)

STP TE1 VF1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

STOP LIGHTSW

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

S11

D 1

TT

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 5

Y

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EF

IW

ATE

RT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

)

A/T

FLU

IDTE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

EG

RG

AS

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

KIC

KD

OW

NS

W

E3 A

5

E1

K4

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

E 8

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)

AE 9 , E10B

B26

G1

R

B27

NE

B

1 2 3 4

NE G1 G2 G–

DISTRIBUTORD 4

BR

BR

NO

RM

AL

MA

NU

AL

A19

2

TE2

P–G

P–G

TE2

IJ117

Page 150: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

153

10AGAUGE

I14

I17

1E12

ED

II15 II138 II111

A9 A10

B69 B80 B79 A28 A25 A2

A

6 5

A

1

V–G

V–G

W–L

L–R

G–B

LG–R

Y

V–G

P

W–L

V–GBR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

P

W–L

V–G

P L–R

YY

Y

G–B

LG–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

MIOD2EO2EO1E1

2 L

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

ODO ANDTRIP

TE

LLT

ALE

LIG

HT

RH

T6

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

AE 9 , E10B

E27BR BR

IJ211

BR

–BB

R–B

FROM CRUISE CONTROLECU

A12

OD1IJ27

G–R

G–R

2

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

UC

16

DSP1

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

Page 151: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

154

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE)

P R N D 2 L

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

I11

I21

I14

I17

E28

I14 I 8

E28

II17 II136 II11 II118 II117 II127

IF31

II12II18

II123

4

2

IE IH

SP

EE

D

B9 A1 A4 A10 A6 A7 A8 A11

B11 B10 A12 A2 A13

A

32

1

A

LG–R

G–R

Y

LG–R

G–R

L–R

W–L

V–G

V–G

V–G

V–G

V–G

L–R

YY

W–

B

W–

B

V–G

V–G

W–B

V–G

W–BW

–LR

L–RR

L–RR

Y

G–B

LG–R

G–RL

R–

B

GR

G–B

LG–R

G–RL

R–BGR

YY

YY

GR

R–B L

G–R

LG–R

G–

B

YY

Y Y A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

P 2

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

NO

.1

( FO

RC

OM

BIN

AT

ION

ME

TE

R)

V10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

O/D MAINSW

O 5

J 1

O/D

OF

F

MA

NU

P R N D 2 L

COMBINATION METER

AC10 , C11 ,C12B

IF

C11

BR

BR

C

I17

G–BG–B

Page 152: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

155

THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE ETC.THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFTTIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BYVARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THEDRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONWHEN DRIVING, THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP.SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)23 OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME, THE THROTTLEVALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL.

BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO. 2 SOLENOID DOES NOT HAVECONTINUITY AT THIS TIME).

FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID →GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT.

FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT.

SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNALTHAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)8 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)4OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASELOCK–UP.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT

* O/D MAIN SW ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONCAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.

* O/D MAIN SW OFF

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHTFLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, ASIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITWHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS SWICHED FROM NORMAL TO MANUAL, A SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). INPUTOF THIS SIGNAL CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION METER → TERMINAL (A)12 →TERMINAL (A)25 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND,LIGHTING UP THE INDICATOR LIGHT. IF THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IS THEN SHIFTED TO “2” POSITION, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ENABLES THE VEHICLE TO START OFF WITH THE TRANSMISSION IN2ND GEAR, THUS PERMITTING EASING STARTING OFF AND DRIVING ON SLIPPERY ROADS.

6. CRUISE CONTROLWHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE, LOCK–UP AND SO ON FORSMOOTH DRIVING.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 153: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

156

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE)

E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID1, 2, 3– GROUND : EACH 11–15

E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1– 2 : 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)

4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)

E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTSIGSW–E1: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON+B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONIDL1–E1: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA1–E1:0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENSTA–E1: 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKINGM–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONVCC–E1: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON L–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “L” POSITION 2–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “2” POSITION

V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)1–2 : APPROX. 620

E 8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW4–3 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT MANUAL POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 5 26 (2JZ–GE) E 2 26 (2JZ–GE) O 5 29

C10 B 28 E 3 26 (2JZ–GE) P 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

C11 A 28 E 8 29 P 3 27 (2JZ–GE)

C12 C 28 E 9 B 29 S11 29

C16 28 E10 A 29 T 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

D 1 26 (2JZ–GE) I19 29 T 6 29

D 4 26 J 1 29 V10 27 (2JZ–GE)

D 5 28 J 2 29 V11 27 (2JZ–GE)

E 1 26 (2JZ–GE) K 4 29 V12 27

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 34 (2JZ–GE)ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)

EA3 34ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 154: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

157

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

ED 34 (2JZ–GE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E20 I11 38 COWL WIRE

E2534 ENGINE WIRE

I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E2734 ENGINE WIRE

I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E28 I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

Page 155: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

158

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE)

Page 156: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

159

ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

Page 157: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

160

ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

A1 B2 B4

A2 A4 A3 B1 B5 B6

IB62

IB613

IB61

IF111

IJ115 II121 IJ116

A6 A1 A13 A26 A14 A18 A2 A15

A23 A24 A11

E18

I18

IGEA

A4 A3 B5 B1 B4 B3 B6 B2

M

A1

B15

2

EA1

6

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

TS TC WA

WB

MR R– SR TS

MT SFR SFL SRR SRL AST GND GND

ABS ACTUATOR

D 1

60AABS NO. 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

R

V

V–Y

L–B

L–W

W–B Y

P–B L

P–B

Y

L–B

V–YV

L–W Y

B–Y P

P–B

Y–G

Y–G

W–B

W–B

P–BP

B–YY

L–W

L–W L

W–B

W–B

P–B

L

L

L–W

W–B

R B–RB–RR

W–B

16 11 22

23

2

AB

SR

ELA

Y

BA

8,A

9A

( SH

OR

TP

IN)

ABS ECU

AA18 , A19B

IB66 IB57 IB58 IB59 IB510 IB65

BS BM MT SFR SFL SRR SRL AST

E

BA 6 , A 7A

1R

+BM +BS W

BM MR R– SR BS GND

Page 158: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

161

10AECU–B

10AECU–IG

15ASTOP

10AGAUGE

1H8 1K13 1I10 1E12

I 5I14

1

2

I20

I 2

4

2

B13 A5 B4 A25 A12 B10 B3 B12 B6 B14

A16 A3 A10 A9 A22 B8 B16 B7 B9 B1

A9

B1

I 4

I22

I22 I22

I22

IB51 IB52 IB56 IB54 IB55 IC29 IC23

IB53

1

2

1

2

2

1

2

1 1

IG

IF115

IC28P

AR

KIN

GB

RA

KE

SW

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

LH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

LH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

RH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH

PKBSTPGS1GS2GSTIG1BATD/GTCWA

FR+ FR– FSS FL+ FL– RR+ RR– RSS RL+ RL–

BR

AK

EW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

AB

SW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[T

ELL

TALE

LIG

HT

LH]

STO

PLI

GH

TS

W

ABS LATERALACCELERATIONSENSOR

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

TC ABS GST GS2 GS1 GND

IG1

D 5

A23

S11

T5

A11

A10

A32

A31

P5

P–BL

V–G

W–R

B–R

W–L

R–L

B–O

W

YY

G–W

LGV

( SH

IELD

ED

)

LGV

( SH

IELD

ED

)

PL

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BW

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BW

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BR

–BB

R–B

LR

LR

P–B

W–B

BR

–WB

R–W

BR

–WY

L

B–R

W–R

BR–W

(SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

L

P–B

4

1 2 3 6144

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B–R

BR

–WB

R–W

IF2

12

BC

10,

C12

A

ABS ECUAA18 , A19B

L

I 2

BR

–W

BR

–W

TO

BR

AK

EF

LUID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

Page 159: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

162

ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL, RIGHT REAR WHEEL AND LEFT REAR WHEEL WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANICSTOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK.

THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.

(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP.

(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNALLATERAL ACCELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS ECU.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TOTHE RESERVOIR.

THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIRTO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.

IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED.

HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATEDPRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVESTEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

A 6(A), A 7(B ) ABS ACTUATOR(A) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(B) 1, (B) 3, (B) 4, (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.20 (IGNITION SW OFF)(B) 2–(A) 4: 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)

A10, A11, A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2: 0.8–1.3 K (20°C, 68°F)

A18 (B), A19(A) ABS ECU(A)12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(A) 2, (A)15–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(A)25–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(A)1, (A)13, (A)14,(A)26,–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(B)14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVEL PULLED UP(B) 6–GROUND :10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)

P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

S11 STOP LIGHT SW1–2: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 160: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

163

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 6 A 26 (2JZ–GE) A18 B 28 C12 B 28

A 7 B 26 (2JZ–GE) A19 A 28 D 1 26 (2JZ–GE)

A 8 A 26 A23 28 D 5 28

A 9 B 26 A31 30 P 5 29

A10 26 (2JZ–GE) A32 30 S11 29

A11 26 (2JZ–GE) C10 A 28 T 5 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 34 (2JZ–GE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB536 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IB636 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E18 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 238 COWL WIRE

I18

I 438 COWL WIRE

I20 38 COWL WIRE

I 5 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I22

38 COWL WIRE

Page 161: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

164

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

2 2

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

E 5

E 5

E 2

E 5

2 4

1 3

2 3

1 4

4 3

6 1

2

4 3

6 1

2

M

IB516

EB EA

G–B

W–G

R–W

L

L–W

V–Y

B–R

V–Y

R

LG–R

V

L–B

B–R

V–Y

YL–

Y

G–B

V–Y L

V–Y

V–Y

V–Y

V–Y

R

B–R

R

R V

B–R

W–B

L–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

B–R

W–B

W–G L

V–Y

G–B

LG–R

30AABSNO. 2

60AABSNO. 1

5 5

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

AB

SS

OLE

NO

IDR

ELA

Y

TR

AC

TIO

NS

OLE

NO

IDR

ELA

Y

AB

SM

OT

OR

RE

LAY

TR

AC

TIO

NM

OTO

RR

ELA

Y

TRACTIONPUMP ANDMOTOR

R

3

1 2

T 4

2 2

R

E 6

V–Y

V–Y

IB613

V–Y

1 1

Page 162: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

165

IB618 IB61 IB62

A1 A15 A2 B13 B15 B6 B4 B5 B7 B8 B11 B14

A14 A22 C8 C2 A9 C1 A13 A26 C7 A21

A9A21A16A22A4A7A19A6A20

I22

A23

IB614 IB34 IB210 IB211 IB66 IB57 IB58 IB59 IB510 IB65

B5 B1 B4 B3 B6 B2

A3 A1 A4

M

EA

E 8

G–B

W–

G

V–Y V

L–W Y

B–Y P

P–B

Y–G

Y–G

P–

B

P

B–

Y

Y

L–W

R–W

R–W

L

W–B

L–W

V–

Y

V

LG–B O Y

–B

GR

–R

P–B

P–G

V–R

B–Y

R–W

VL–B

B–R

B–R L–B V

B–R

L–B

V

LG–R LG–R

LG–R

V–Y

B–RB–R

V–Y

L–W

L

R–W

W–G

G–B

ABS ACTUATOR

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA20 , A21A C, A22

TRACTIONBRAKEACTUATOR

TRACTION ECUBT 9 , T10A

T 3

WT FRO FLO RRO RLO BRFA THFA BRC TRCO

4 3

2 1

TSR SR MR BRP TRCO

TMR MTT SRC SMC MT SFR SFL SRR SRL AST

W–G

BA 6 , A 7A

FRO FLO RRO RLO BRFA THFA BRC

G–B

LG–R

BRP

Page 163: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

166

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

A26 A27 A13 A14 B64 B63 B41

B16

A17 A10 B8 B3 B9 B2 B1 B7

A17 A4 A5 A18 B2 B10 B9 B1

IB53 IB51 IB52 IB26 IB24 IB25 IC29 IC23 IC28

IJ22

1

2

1

2

2

1

2

1

I 9 I 9 I 9 I 9

( SH

IELD

ED

)

R L

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W B

L P

( SH

IELD

ED

)

V LGLGV

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BW

( SH

IELD

ED

)

LR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

R–B

P–L

P–L W B

W–R O R

GR

–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FR

ON

TR

H

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FR

ON

TLH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

LH

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA20 , A21 , A 22A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

BE10 , E 9A

TRACTION ECU

BT 9 , T10A

NEO EFI– EFI+ TRC– TRC+ IDL1 IDL2

VCCIDL2IDL1TRC+TRC–EFI+EFI–

ABSO

RL–RL+RR–RR+FL–FL+FR–FR+

B–R

V–Y

LG–RLG–R

A11

A10

A32

A31

V–Y

B–R

V–Y V–Y V–Y

C

B12

IJ114

A38A11

1 2 3 4

VCVTAIDLE2

E16

B65B42

GR

–R

L–R

BR

–B

BR

–B

GR

–R

Y–L

L–R

Y–L

Y–R

Y–R

VTA2 E2

EXO

– +

ABS NEO

SUB THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

S 5

AB

SO

Page 164: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

167

B6 B5 B4 B10 B11 B12 A12 A26 A3 A11 A18

I 4

I 4

I 4

I 4

I 4

A12 A25 C4 C9 A10 C10 A11 A8 A20 A6

A7 A24 C6 A23 C12

IJ28

I11

I18

IG EB

2

1

1

2

C5

5 4 6 3 1 2

TCSTPIG1BATBCMB–BAA–ACM

WASTPIG1BAT

GSTGS2GS1TSD/GLBLGNDGNDGNDR–

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA20 , A21 , A22A C

SUB THROTTLE ACTUATORS 4

ACM A– A B B– BCM

BR

AK

EF

LUID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW D

IOD

E

B2

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BR G W L R Y

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W–R

B–R

G–W

P–B

BR

–W

W–R

B–R

G–W P–

B

BR

–W LW

–L

R–L

B–OY

V–G

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

V–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–W

BR

–W

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

IB214

( CA

NA

DA

)

( US

A)

V–Y

B–R

LG–R LG–R

W–R

B–R

G–W

P–B

BR–W

L

W–B

W–L

R–L

B–O

Y

V–G

BR–W

B–W

B–R

TRACTION ECU

BT 9 , T10A

(CANADA)

(USA)

W–B

I 4 : USAI10 : CANADA

W–B

PK

B

TC PKB

4

4

Page 165: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

168

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

I 4

I 4

I 2 I22

IJ116 II121

IF1

11

2

1

A14 A5 A13 A24

IJ115

I18 I11

IG

W–B

W–L

R–L

B–O

W–B Y

B–R

W–B

W–B

V–G

L

P–B

LG P–B W

L

B–R

P–

B

W

W–B LG L–Y

W L–Y

W–R

B–R

G–W

BR–W

L

W

LG–RLG–R

W–R

B–R

G–W

P–B

BR–W

L

W–B

W–L

R–L

B–O

Y

V–G

BR–W

B–W

B–R

B–W

BR–W

W–BW–B

P–BP–B

GND CSW BM IND

GST GS2 GS1 GNDTS

ABS

IG1 TC TRC

TRACTION ECU

ABS LATERAL ACCELERATIONSENSOR

WB

WA TC

Y

1 2 3 616

14

4 22 11 4 17

23

(USA)

(CANADA)

(USA)

(CANADA)

BT 9 , T10A

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CT

OR

1( C

HE

CK

CO

NN

EC

TO

R)

TR

AC

OF

FS

W

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CT

OR

2( T

DC

L)

D1

T8

D5

I20

W–B

A23

EA16

B–R

( SH

OR

TP

IN)

IE

W–B

Page 166: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

169

7. 5ATRAC

10AECU–B

10AECU–IG

15ASTOP

10AGAUGE

2 1H 1K 1I 1E

1

2

IF22 IF212 IF21 IF115

I14

I 2

IB33

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

A9

B7 B1

1

I 2

LG–R

L–Y

W–R

B–R

G–W

BR–W

L

W

BR–W

B–W

STOP LIGHTSW

TRAC BRAKEABSTRACOFF

TELLTALELIGHT LH COMBINATION

METER

PARKINGBRAKE SW

DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHTRELAY(MAIN)

LG–R

L

W

BR–W

BR–W

G–W

Y

BR–W

(USA)

(USA)

(CANADA)

(CANADA)

(USA)

BR

–WB

R–W

W L

LG–R

BR

–W

LG–R L W

BR

–W

Y Y

L–Y

W–R

B–R W Y

8 4

2

W

BR

–W

B–W

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)

B–W

( CA

NA

DA

)

OIL

PKB

18

8

T 5

D 6

P 5

8 13 10 12

B–W

(CANADA)

S11

BC10 , C12A

I 2 : USAI10 : CANADA

1

2

Page 167: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

170

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

(FOR ABS)

THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL, RIGHT REAR WHEEL AND LEFT REAR WHEEL WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANICSTOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK.

THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONALLY STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.

(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP.

(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNALLATERAL ACCELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THECURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEELCYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNSTHE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.

IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED, HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.

(FOR TRACTION CONTROL)

THE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS A SYSTEM WHEREBY THE “ABS AND TRACTION ECU” AND “TRACTION ECU” CONTROLS THEENGINE TORQUE AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER OF THE DRIVING WHEELS IN ORDER TO CONTROLSPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS WHEN STARTING OFF AND ACCELERATING, AND PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE DRIVINGFORCE IN RESPONSE TO THE ROAD CONDITIONS FOR VEHICLE STABILITY.

TRACTION CONTROL OPERATIONVEHICLE SPEED SIGNALS FROM THE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED ON EACH WHEEL ARE INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.

WHEN THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING ON A SLIPPERY ROAD AND THE DRIVING WHEEL (REAR WHEEL)SLIPS, IF THE ROTATION OF THE REAR WHEEL EXCEEDS THE ROTATION OF THE FRONT WHEELS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD, THEECU JUDGES THAT THE REAR WHEEL IS SLIPPING.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TRACTION ECU TO SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR TO CLOSE THE SUB THROTTLEVALVE. AT THE SAME TIME, OPERATION OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU CAUSE THE TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATORS (MASTERCYLINDER CUT, RESERVOIR CUT SOLENOID) TO TURN ON TO SWITCH THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT TO “TRACTION” MODE.

IN THIS CASE, SIGNALS ARE INPUT FROM TERMINAL SRR OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF ABS ACTUATOR, ANDFROM TERMINAL SRL OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (B)6 OF ABS ACTUATOR, CONTROLLING THE REAR WHEELSOLENOID IN THE ABS ACTUATOR AND INCREASING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IN ORDER TOPREVENT SLIP.

TO MAINTAIN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE REAR WHEELS, THE REAR WHEEL SOLENOID INSIDE THE ABS ACTUATOR ISPUT IN “HOLD” MODE AND KEEPS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER CONSTANT.

WHEN THE AMOUNT OF SLIP HAS DECREASED, THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN THE WHEEL CYLINDER DECREASES.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 168: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

171

A20 (A), A21 (B), A22 (C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(A) 24–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(C) 6–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON(A) 25, (C) 4, (C) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(C) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)

A 6 (A), A 7 (B) ABS ACTUATOR(A) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(B) 1, (B) 3, (B) 4, (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.2 (IGNITION SW OFF)(B) 2–GROUND : 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)

T 3 TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2.1 2–4 : APPROX. 2.1

S11 STOP LIGHT SW2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

A10, A11, A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2: 0.8– 1.3 K (20°C, 68°F)

T 9(A), T10(B) TRACTION ECU(A)26–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSTION(A)13–GROUND: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(A)14–GROUND: ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS(A)18–GROUND:10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)(A) 3–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON(A) 5–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH TRAC OFF SW RELEASED(A)12–GROUND: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS

P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER DEPRESSED

S 4 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR2–1, 2–3 : APPROX. 1.1 5–4, 5–6 : APPROX. 1.1

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 6 A 24 (2JZ–GTE) B 2 24 (2JZ–GTE) S 5 25

A 7 B 24 (2JZ–GTE) C10 A 28 S11 29

A10 24 (2JZ–GTE) C12 B 28 T 3 25

A11 24 (2JZ–GTE) D 1 24 (2JZ–GTE) T 4 25

A20 A 28 D 5 28 T 5 29

A21 B 28 D 6 28 T 8 29

A22 C 28 E 9 B 29 T 9 A 29

A23 28 E10 A 29 T10 B 29

A31 30 P 5 29

A32 30 S 4 25

SERVICE HINTS

Page 169: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

172

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

5 23 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 32 (2JZ–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB336 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB536 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IB636 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 I 9

E 532 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I10 38 COWL WIRE

E 632 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I11

38 COWL WIRE

E 8 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E16 32 ENGINE WIRE I18

1 238 COWL WIRE

I20 38 COWL WIRE

1 438 COWL WIRE

I22

38 COWL WIRE

Page 170: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

173

Page 171: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

174

CRUISE CONTROL

10AECU–B

10AGAUGE

I14

I14

1H81H121E12

II12 II18 II121

IF111

II123 IJ27

IF2

4

I 2

I 2A9A10

B11 B6

2

1

4

9

IF

7 5

7 8

3 1 2

10 4 11

15220

61

Y

Y

Y

G–R

P

Y

P–B

O

BR

L–R Y R BR

O

O P–B

P–B

P–B

P–BO

YRRY

BR

PY

G–R

Y

W–R

YY

Y

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

A/T

IND

ICA

TOR

LIG

HT

SW

[PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

( NE

UTR

AL

STA

RT

SW

) ]( A

/T)

P2

( M/T

)

C15CRUISE CONTROLCLUTCH SW(M/T)

( M/T

)

ODO AND TRIP

CR

UIS

E BC

10,C

12A

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

RTELL

TALE

LIG

HT

RH

T6

V10VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

A/D TC TC

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

D 5 D 1

SPD D BATT

PI TC

CRUISE CONTROL ECUC16

10AECU–IG

1I9

14

B–R

B

(A/T)

IF2

5 P

Y

E14 : 2JZ–GTEE28 : 2JZ–GE

I14

L–R

L–R

L–R

TO

SP

EE

DM

ETE

R[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

I 4

G–R

G–R

(A/T)

I 8

BR

Page 172: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

175

15ASTOP

I17

I 4

I 2

1I10

IJ210 IJ211 IJ13

IB610 IB67 IB616 IB615 IB69 IB617 IB68

A8B2

B64A12B9

1

1

2

3

4

M

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

22 9 21

3 1 10 16

1 2 3 6 7 4 5

23 24 25 12 11 26

W

B–W

W

G–W

IDLODECT

PKB STP+ L STP–

R–L

BR

–B

G–RLGP–G

LG–R

R–B

R–B

LG–R

P–G LG G–R

BR

–B

R–L

R–LW

WW

W

G–W

G–W

B–WW

BR

–W

R

BR

–B

R–L

RR

BR

–B

R–L

R

R–L

R–L

VR1 VR2 VR3 MO MC L–

MC GNDVR1 VR2 VR3 MO

CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATORC 4

B–W

TO LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

ST

OP

LIG

HT

SW

S11

P5

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

ES

W

IDLS2

S2 OD1 IDL1

THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

BE 2 ,A

AE 9 , E10B

(2JZ–GE)

(2JZ–GTE)

RESUME/ACCEL

SET/COAST

CANCEL

I 4

1J1

1H13

IE

181913

L

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B 17

15 5

CCS

E

CMS

MA

IN

C14CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

CMS CCS

E16 : 2JZ–GTEI17 : 2JZ–GE

A3B2

(2JZ–GTE)

(2JZ–GE)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)( A

/T)

( A/T

)

( A/T

)

L

GND

CRUISE CONTROLECU

C16

BT 2 ,A

Page 173: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

176

CRUISE CONTROL

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU, TERMINAL 2 OF STOPLIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF COMBINATIONMETER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 19 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISECONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT → TERMINAL (B)6 → TERMINAL 7 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.

1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTHE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED, WHICH IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUTS INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISECONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.

WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OFCRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLEVALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHERTHAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OFCRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.

3. COAST CONTROLDURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COASTSWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.

THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE THECANCELLATION.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.

∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN EXCEPT “D” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW EXCEPT “D” POSITION)). “SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (A/T).

∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF ECU”

∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF ECU”

∗ PUSHING THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF ECU”

∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW OFF). “SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU”

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 174: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

177

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF).

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON.

∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.

∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.

∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.

B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.

∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW.

8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.

∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEEDMINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THATTHE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 2 SECONDS.

∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROLECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). UPON RECEIVINGTHIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CHANGESTHE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.

TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THETRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.

C 4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2 K5–4 : APPROX. 38.5

C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB.SW]15–17 : CONTINUOUS WITH MAIN SW ON 5–17 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON

: APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON: APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON

C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1, 15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) 20–GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT 18–GROUND : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW

: APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW: APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW

13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

SERVICE HINTS

Page 175: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

178

CRUISE CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 424 (2JZ–GTE) D 1 26 (2JZ–GE) P 5 29

C 426 (2JZ–GE) D 5 28 S11 29

C10 A 28E 2

A 24 (2JZ–GTE)T 2

A 25 (2JZ–GTE)

C12 B 28E 2

B 26 (2JZ–GE)T 2

B 27 (2JZ–GE)

C14 28 E 9 B 29 T 2 29

C15 28 E10 A 29V10

25 (2JZ–GTE)

C16 28P 2

25 (2JZ–GTE)V10

27 (2JZ–GE)

D 1 24 (2JZ–GTE)P 2

27 (2JZ–GE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB6 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ238 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E1432

I 4 38 COWL WIRE

E1632

ENGINE WIRE I 838 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E28 34

ENGINE WIRE

I1438 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 2 38 COWL WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

Page 176: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

179

Page 177: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

180

CRUISE CONTROL

Page 178: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

181

PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)

Page 179: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

182

PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)

10AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

I14

1E12 1E17

A9

B11

II14 II114

IF IH

SOL+ SOL– E

II18II123II12

13 2

5 461

7 5

Y

Y P

Y

PLG

–B

LG–R

W–B

LG–B

LG–R

BR

RYL–R

Y

Y

B–R

1

PPS ECU

SPEEDOMETER[COMB. METER]ODO AND TRIP

V10VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

SPD B

P 4

I14

I14

TELL

TALE

LIG

HT

RH

T6

A10A11 2 6

BC10 , C12A

L–R Y R

L–R

BR

L–R

PPS SOLENOIDP 1

I 8

BR

BR

1 2

Page 180: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

183

THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTIONCHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, TO CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUMSTEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEEDS AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS.

(PPS OPERATION)

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPSECU. THE PPS ECU MONITORS VEHICLE SPEED, INPUT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW,THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE TO PROVIDECOMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THE SOLENOID VALVEOPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING.

P 1 PPS SOLENOID1–2 : APPROX. 7.7 (25°C, 77°F)

P 4 PPS ECU4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C10 A 28 P 1 27 (2JZ–GE)V10

25 (2JZ–GTE)

C12 B 28 P 4 29V10

27 (2JZ–GE)

P 1 25 (2JZ–GTE) T 6 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 181: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

184

SHIFT LOCK

1I14 1I9 1I10

1

2

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID

46

215

P1

P

P2

SLS–

SLS+

IE

15ACIG

10AECU–IG

15ASTOP

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

ACC IG STP

KLS+ E

L–R

L

G–W

G

G–R

V

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

B–R

L–R

SHIFT LOCK ECU

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

K 3

S 7

1K12

1J1

W

1

2

STOP LIGHTSW

S11

W–B

Page 182: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

185

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE SHIFTLOCK ECU, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) IS INPUT TO THEECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL ’SLS+’ OF THE SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL ’SLS–’ → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOIDTO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO POSITION OTHER THAN THE “P”.

2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2AND P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID ISCUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) ANDTHE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.

S 7 SHIFT LOCK ECU5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

S11 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

K 3 29 S 7 29 S11 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1I

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

1 2

1 2

X 4

5 6

1 2

K 3 S 7 S11 BLUE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 183: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

186

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

15ACIG

7. 5ADOME

10APANEL

1E2 2 1I3

1E11

1B5

IF310

I15

A

A

5 2

1

2

431

2

A

L–R

W–B

G–O

G–O

G–O

RL–R

L–R

W–B

L–R

R

IH

W–B

CLOCKC 8CIGARETTE

LIGHTER

C 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

Page 184: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

187

C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

C 8 CLOCK2–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION

(POWER FOR INDICATION)3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C 6 28 C 8 28 J 1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I15 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

X 2 3 4 5

C 8 BLACK

AA A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 1

1

2

C 6

SERVICE HINTS

Page 185: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

188

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

7. 5ARAD NO. 2

IE

1E10

1J1

1E18

ID112 ID111 ID110 IL115 IL114 IL16

M M M M

I 5

B

M+ MVMH

5 3 4 4 5 3

8

MLH MLV M+

2 1 7 6 3 5

E MRH MRV

MH MV M+

LG–R

BR–B

LG–R

BR

–B

LG–B

BR

–Y

LG

W–B

W–B LG

LG–B

LG–R

LG–R

BR

–Y

BR

–B

LG

LG–B

LG–R

LG–R

BR

–Y

BR

–B

W–B

GR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

OP

ER

AT

ION

SW

SE

LEC

TS

W

RH RHLHLH

UPLEFT

LEFTUP

RIGHT DOWN

RIGHTDOWN

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SWR 7

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LHR16 R17

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

Page 186: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

189

R 7 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION5–2 : CONTINUOUS WITH OPERATION SW AT LEFT OR UP POSITION8–5 : CONTINUOUS WITH OPERATION SW AT RIGHT OR DOWN POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

R 7 29 R16 30 R17 30

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

1 2 3

X 5 6 7 84 53 4 53

R 7 R 1 6 R 1 7

SERVICE HINTS

Page 187: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

190

POWER SEAT

30ADOOR

1H15

IC26

BQ11

MM2 1

BQ12

BI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

134

2

L–W

L–W

L–W

L

L–B

W–B

W–B

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)P11

P12POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATSLIDE CONTROL)

RECLINING MOTOR

FRO

NT

RE

AR

FRO

NT

RE

AR

R–W

W–B

2

1

Page 188: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

191

P11 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT) 2– GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 1– GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P11 31 P12 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

1

3

2

4

1 2

P11 P12

SERVICE HINTS

Page 189: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

192

SEAT HEATER (FOR CANADA)

15ASEAT–HTR

1H16

I11 I11

B 9 I24

BQ14

IC16

3 4

1 2

3 4

1 2

2

1

2

1

BQ12

BIIG IG

Y–R

Y–R

B

B

Y–R Y

Y–R B

Y–R B

L

W–BL

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

1

4 6 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

Y

IC17

BQ13

BB

LH RH

S 6SEAT HEATER SW

SEAT HEATERRELAY(FOR DRIVER’ SSEAT)

SEAT HEATERRELAY(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT)

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

( FO

RD

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT)

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

( FO

RP

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT)

S12

S13

S14S15

Page 190: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

193

S 6 SEAT HEATER SW4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

S 6 29 S13 31 S15 31

S12 31 S14 31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IC1 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I1138 COWL WIRE

B 9 42 SEAT WIRE

I2438 COWL WIRE

1 2 4 6 1 2 1 2

S 6 BLACK S14 S15S13 BLUES12 BLUE

1 2

3 4

1 2

3 4

SERVICE HINTS

Page 191: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

194

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

1E12

1B5

2

1J1 1C12 1I161I15

1

2

2

1

7. 5ADOME

10AGAUGE

SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT[TELLTALELIGHT RH]

INTEGRATION RELAY

BUZZER

TIMER

UNLOCKWARNING SW

BUCKLESW LH

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

T 6

B 6U 1

Y

W–B

8 65

1 7

2

IE BI

R–B

R–B

YW

–B

DOOR COURTESYSW LH

D10

10

1

1K12

2

3

I 7

IC215

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–W

W–B

16

1

R

1E1

Y–R

9

Page 192: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

195

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.

1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. A BUCKLE SWOFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGHTERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEATBELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF RELAY STOPS ANDTHE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.

2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DRIVER’S DOOROPENS (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAYOPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND UNLOCK WARNING BUZZERSOUNDS.

B 6 BUCKLE SW LH1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

INTEGRATION RELAY10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 6–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 5–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BUCKLE SW OFF 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 6 28 T 6 29

D10 30 U 1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1I

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 7 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 193: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

196

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

Page 194: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

197

SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation inaccordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the RepairManual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble

codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.

When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)

Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing theairbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.

Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, center airbag sensor

assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the

sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.

After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)

When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl No. 2 wire harness

assembly.The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, asare the connectors.

Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)

If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)

INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.

Page 195: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

198

SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)

The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM

Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.

Page 196: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

199

3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.

Page 197: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

200

SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)

7. 5AIGN

15ACIG

10AECU–B

1G10 1G6 1E13

15

2

II112 II121 IF12 IF111

I14

I14 I 5

1E

3

1E

4

1G

7

1G

9

13 14 12 7

8 9 11 10 3 4 2 1 5 6

+SL –SL +SR –SR D+ D– P+ P– E1 E2

AB TC AB TC

5 11 12 4

P–B

B–Y B–Y

P–B

B–O L–R

B–Y

W–R

B–Y

P–B

B–Y

P–B

B–Y

P–B

B–Y

P–B

B–Y

P–B

SRS WARNINGLIGHT[TELLTALELIGHT RH]

T 6

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 1 D 5

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

1G3 1G4

1J1

IE

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

F 1 F 2

A27 A28

IG2 ACC LA TC

FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH

FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH

AIRBAG SQUIB(STEERING WHEELPAD)

AIRBAG SQUIB(FRONT PASSENGERAIRBAG ASSEMBLY)

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

W–B

R W GR B Y L G BR

W–B

W–B

C 5

SPIRALCABLE

A AB B(*1) (*1)

*1 : CONNECTION DETECTION PIN

Page 198: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

201

∗ THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS ASUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTERAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 13 .IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, WHEN DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSORAND SWITCH, AND THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THECIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 3 , 2, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB→ TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 4 , 1, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5 , TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND→ GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF AND CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 3 , 2, OF THECENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 4 , 1, OF THE CENTERAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8 OR 11 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9OR 10 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5 , TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, WHEN THESAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ONAND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TOTHE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES THEN TO OPERATE.THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THEDRIVER.THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCKTO THE PASSENGER.

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A27 28 D 1 26 (2JZ–GE)F 2

24 (2JZ–GTE)

A28 28 D 5 28F 2

26 (2JZ–GE)

C 5 28F 1

24 (2JZ–GTE) T 6 29

D 1 24 (2JZ–GTE)F 1

26 (2JZ–GE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 199: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

202

SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)

Page 200: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

203

REAR WIPER AND WASHER

Page 201: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

204

REAR WIPER AND WASHER

20AWIPER

1H5 1A1

1J1

IC21

BM15

BO14

IC213 IC24

BM14 BM13

BO12 BO15

IB2

1

M2 3

1K12

IE

M

L LG

L

L L

LL

L

LG

LG–R

LG–B

W–B

LG–B

LG–R

LG–R

LG–B

LG–R

LG–B

W–B

W–B

R L Y

L

2 1 10 16

1

3 2

LS C1

LM +B SM

LM L SM

+B

WASHER1

OFF

INT

ON

WASHER2

REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

C14

WASHER MOTORW 1

TOFRONT WIPER MOTOR

REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAYR15

REAR WIPER RELAY

REAR WIPERMOTOR

L C1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B

E 9 : 2JZ–GTEE21 : 2JZ–GE

Page 202: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

205

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPERMOTOR AND RELAY THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.

1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OFTHE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 →TO GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REALY FLOWS TO TERMINAL LM →TERMINAL LM OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER.

2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO INT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW→ TERMINAL 16 → GROUND.

THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE (THE POINT CHANGES) AND THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY OPERATES.INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF THE CIRCUIT IS CONTROLLED BY THE CHANGING AND DISCHARGING OF THE CONDENSER INSTALLEDINSIDE THE RELAY.

3. WASHER OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON POSITION, WHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNEDFURTHER, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OFTHE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTOR ROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHEREJECTS THE SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE SWITCH IS FULLY TURNED.

WHEN THE WIPER SW IS OFF AND THEN TURNED TO WASHER ON (WIPER OFF SIDE), ONLY THE WASHER OPERATES.

W 1 WASHER MOTOR2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON

R15 REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C14 28W 1

25 (2JZ–GTE)

R15 30W 1

27 (2JZ–GE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

BO1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 9 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E21 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 203: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

206

ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER

1C6

2

1

2

1

IGBI

10AECU–IG

22

11

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

TENSION REDUCERSOLENOID RH

TENSION REDUCERSOLENOID LH

BUCKLE SWRH

BUCKLE SWLH

T12T11

B 7B 6

1K13B

–R

B–R

B–W

B–W

W–B

W–B

Page 204: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

207

B 6 BUCKLE SW LH1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

B 7 BUCKLE SW RH1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

T11, T12 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 6 28 T11 30

B 7 28 T12 30

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

B 6 B 7 T 1 1 T 1 2

SERVICE HINTS

Page 205: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

208

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

10AGAUGE

30ADEFOG

10AMIR–HTR

2 5

1 3

1

2

1

2

1

1H12 1K7 1C7 1H4 1D1

1J1

4 4

4 4

1D10

BM16 IF13

IL113BO11

IF18

IC25

IL116

I 4

I 6

IEIH

A

A

B B

B

W–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

BB

Y

B

BB L–R

L–R

BB

L–R

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERRELAY

J 1

N 2NOISEFILTER

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A/C AMPLIFIER

MIR

RO

RH

EA

TER

RH

[RE

MO

TEC

ON

TR

OL

MIR

RO

RR

H]

MIR

RO

RH

EA

TER

LH[R

EM

OTE

CO

NT

RO

LM

IRR

OR

LH]

R17

R16

GND

R–DEF

A1

C1

B1

BB

–W

NOISEFILTER

CR18 , R19BREARWINDOWDEFOGGER

N 3 A

NOISEFILTER

A18

A9A3 B4

R–W P–B

10 7

H13REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW[HEATER CONTROL SW]

SW1SW5

AA13 , A14B

3

4

W–B

Page 206: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

209

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY(4) 3 –(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [HEATER CONTROL SW] ON

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A13 B 28 N 2 29 R18 B 30

A14 A 28 N 3 A 30 R19 C 30

H13 29 R16 30

J 1 29 R17 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

BO1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 4 38 COWL WIRE I 6 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

CR19

4

X X 9 18

ORANGE

X X

AA14

3 X

7 X 10 X X

AA A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 1

1 1 2

R16, R17

B ORANGEA13 H13 ORANGE

AN 2, N 3

1 1

B GREENR18

SERVICE HINTS

Page 207: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

210

AUTO ANTENNA

20ARADNO. 1

10AECU–IG

7. 5ARADNO. 2

2 1E17 1E10 1H3

IB18

I 2

I15 I15

IE17 IE16

M1 2

IH

A

A

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

GR

L–Y

L–Y

GR

P–L

P–L

B–R

B–R

GR

IF11

L–Y

L–Y

GR

B–R

P–L

B–RL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R G

R G

W–B

W–B

L–Y

(*1)

L–Y

(*2)

1 4 5 8 7

+B IG ACC AMP ANT GND

2 3

UP DOWN

2

(*1)

(*1)

(*2)

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

A30AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY

A33AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

6

1

– +

GR

( *1)

GR

(*2)

GR

P–L

B–R

B–R

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

Page 208: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

211

*2 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER*1 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

B8

A8

B9

A1

B3

A3

B4

A4

B10

B3

B9

B1

A2

A6

A3

I24

I16

IH18 IH19

IF

IF311

A4

GR

L–Y

L–Y

GR

P–L

P–L

B–R

B–R

(*1)

(*1)

(*2)

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

B–R

B–R

P–L

P–L GR V L–Y

LG

P–L

P–L

BR

GR

(*1)

L–Y

(*1)

L–Y

(*1)

P–L

(*1)

V

(*1)

LG

(*1)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

ACC

+B1

+B2

AMP+

OUT

OUT

GND

(*1)

(*2)

GND

BR

STEREO POWERAMPLIFIER

RADIO AND PLAYER

BS 8 , S 9A

AR 4 , R 6B

Page 209: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

212

AUTO ANTENNA

A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A30 28 R 4 B 29 S 9 B 29

A33 30 R 6 A 29

J 1 29 S 8 A 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 2 38 COWL WIRE I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE

I15 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I24 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 210: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

214

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER)

9

R

B

7. 5ARADNO. 2

20ARADNO. 1

1H3 2

IB18

IH22 IH26 IH21 IH23

IE110 IE111 IF32 IF33

I24

A3 A6 A2 D6 D2 D1

A3 A6 A2 C4 C11 C3

A4 C2 C1 C8

A4 D3 D9

IH12 IH11 IH15 IH32 IH31

C9

D4

IH16

I 5 I 5 I14 I14

IF311ID12 ID18 IL15 IL11 IE19 IE113

1 21 21 2

1 2 1 2

IF

1 12 2

LG–R

LG–R

LG–B

LG–BLLG

LLGVPP V

LLGVP

LG–R

LG–BLLGVP LVP LG

BR

BR

WRYBB Y R W

WRYBL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

GR

GND FL+ FL– FR+ FR– WF+ WF–

C14

D5

C10 (*1)(*2)

(*1)(*2)D8

C5

ACC +B1 +B2 RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

STEREO POWE AMPLIFIER

REAR SPEAKER LH REAR SPEAKER RHR14R13

F10 F11

F13F12 W 2FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH

WOOFER (SPEAKER)

S 8 , S S1 0 ,A C

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

D

2

1

,

Page 211: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

215

*2 : W/O WOOFER (SPEAKER)*1 : W/ WOOFER (SPEAKER)

IH18 IH19

I16

B1B3B10 B9B14B13B6B5B4B12B11

B1B3B9B10B14B13B6B5B4B12B11

AMPBACCR. RR. LF. RF. LMUTEBEEPFADE

AMP+OUTOUTGNDR. RR. LF. RF. LMUTEBEEPFADE

143151476512 1311

GND

ANT

(*1)

(*2)

ANT AMP

LGVBRWRLYGB

P–L

P–L

B–R

B–

R

P–

LP

–L

A30

R 6

AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

RADIO AND PLAYER

STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

BS 8 , S 9A

(SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

7 8

8

C, S10 , D

Page 212: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

216

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER)

S 8(A) STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER(A) 6, (A)2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A30 28 R 6 29S10

C 29

F10 29 R13 30S10

D 29

F11 29 R14 30 W 2 30

F12 30 S 8 A 29

F13 30 S 9 B 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1

IH2 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)

IH3

38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 538 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE

I1438 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I24 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 213: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

217

*2 : W/O WOOFER (SPEAKER)*1 : W/ WOOFER (SPEAKER)

Page 214: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

218

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER)

20ARADNO. 1

7. 5ARADNO. 2

2 1E10

IB18

IF11

IE110 IE111 IF32 IF33

A4 A3 B2 B6 B1 B3 A8 A9

A7 A2 A6 A1 A5

GND FL+ FL– FR+ FR–

I 5 I 5 I14 I14

1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2

IF

ID12 ID18 IL15 IL11

LLLGLGVVPP

P V LG LLLGVP

BR

YB

L–Y

2 1 21

7 8

ANT AMP

GR

B Y R W

R W

B–R P–L

L–Y

L–Y

REAR SPEAKER LH AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

R13 A30

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

AMPANTRR–RR+RL–RL+ACCB

RADIO AND PLAYER

REAR SPEAKER RHR14

BR 4 , R 5A

F12FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

F13FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

F10 F11FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH

FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH

2

1

Page 215: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

219

R 4(A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A30 28 F12 30 R 5 B 29

F10 29 F13 30 R13 30

F11 29 R 4 A 29 R14 30

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

7 81

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9

1 2

3 6 1

2

1

2

GRAYA30 AR 4

BR 5

F10 F11 F12 F13

R13 R14

X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 216: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

220

COMBINATION METER

15AHEAD(RH)(FOR USA)

7. 5AST

2 1K4

1E19 1E14

1H11 1H7

P

N

5

6

21

IF213IF16

IB12

IF21 IF24 IF114

IE11 IE12 IE13

BP15 BP13 BP11

II124II119

A2 A16 A15 B6

A7 A6 A3 A9 A8 B8 A10 A11 A13

II129

TRA

C

CR

UIS

E

HIG

HB

EA

M

WA

TE

RTE

MP

.

FU

EL

FU

EL

TA

CH

O

IJ2

13

IE EC IF

I 3

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

IJ2

9

EXT

F14

I 4

E10

C 9

P2

COMBINATION METER

FROM HEADLIGHT HI RH

FUEL SENDER

IGNITER

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

( EN

GIN

EA

ND

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

ALL

YC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

EC

U)

CLUTCH STARTSW

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

( NE

UTR

AL

STA

RT

SW

)

Y–G

Y–B BR

BR

Y–B

Y–G

BR

Y–L

R–LOW Y–G Y–B BR

B–W

B–W

B–W

BR

BR

Y–LR

–L

W–B

W O

TO

TRA

CT

ION

EC

U

TOC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

TO

DIM

ME

RS

W[C

OM

B.

SW

]E

NG

INE

CO

OLA

NT

TE

MP

.S

EN

DE

R( W

AT

ER

TE

MP

.S

EN

DE

R)

LH RH

TU

RN

B

(A/T)

B

(M/T)

B–W

(M/T)

R–W

(*1) B–W

G–B

G–Y

R–W

R–W

R–W

G–B

G–YB–W

( A/T

)

B

B

BR

BR

( *4)

( *3)

( *1)

( *2)

BU

LBC

HE

CK

RE

LAY

1 2 3

4 16

FROM TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

2

1

( *2)

E4

CC10 , C11 ,C12B A

( *3)

1

TACO

Page 217: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

221

*1 : USA*2 : CANADA

*3 : 2JZ–GTE*4 : 2JZ–GE

10APANEL

1I3

II17 II136 II11 II118 II117 II127

C4 C10 C6 C7 C8 C11

A1 C13 B7 B5 B4 A14 B2 B1

I 2

I 2

I14

A

A

EB IH EC

2

11

II133

II134

2

1

IB214

IF115

D6

P 5 J1

E 7

BR

AK

EF

LUID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

DIODE

ENGINE OILLEVEL SENSOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

PARKING BRAKESW

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

( MA

IN)

OIL

PKB

DELAY

COMBINATION METER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

GR

R–B L

G–R

LG–R

G–B

G–B

LG–R

G–RL

R–BGR

BR

–W

W–B

W–B G

L–W

Y–G

R–Y

R–G

Y–G

GB

R

W–B

W–B

BR

–W

BR

–WB

–W

BR

–W

BR

–W

R–W

W–B

Y–G

( *3)

L–W

R–Y

Y–G

R–G

BR–W

BR–W

B–W (*2 *3)

B–W (*2)

G–O

G–O

BR

AK

E

P R N D 2 L

MA

ST

ER

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *4)

(*4)

(*1 *3)( *2)

TO

GE

NE

RA

TO

R( A

LTE

RN

AT

OR

)

FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

1 2

18

8

B2

CC10 , C11 , C12B A

4 4

R–W

(*3)

W–B

A

Page 218: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

222

COMBINATION METER

10AGAUGE

I14 I 8 I14 I14

I14

I14

SP

EE

D

II123

1E11

2

1B5

7. 5ADOME1E12

IF310

I 8

B12C3 C1 B9

B13 C2 C12 B10 B11

II12 II18

I14

I21

I14

IF

II15 II138

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)

TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU

TO PPS ECU

TO A/C AMPLIFIERTOE

NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

LM

OD

ULE

( EN

GIN

EE

CU

)

TOR

HE

OS

TA

T

TOD

IOD

E( F

OR

INT

ER

IOR

LIG

HT

)

IF2

5

II1

11

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

TELLTALE LIGHT RH

ODO AND TRIP

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

MA

NU

O/D

OF

F

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

J1

V10

T 6

B

3 2

5 10 6 7 14 11

B B

1 4 81

DO

OR

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O Y Y

Y

Y

G–O

R

L–R

W–G P BR

R–B

R–G

RL–R

L–R R

R

W–L

V–G

W–G

V–G

W–L

W–G

PP

P

BR

YY

R

W–G

P

P

P

P

W–G

L–R

Y–G

R–Y

L–W

R–G

Y–G

R–Y

L–W

Y Y

Y

Y

G–O

G–O

Y

P

P

R–B

CC

10,

C11

,C1

2B

A

2

Page 219: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

223

*1 : USA*2 : CANADA *4 : 2JZ–GE

*3 : 2JZ–GTE

7. 5AIGN

10AECU–B

1E8 1E13

1G9

1E4 II115 II125

1E18

1J1

IE15 IF212 IF22

3 2 2 10

16 18 12 15 6 1 4 3 5 8 9

B–O

W–R

Y–R V

Y–G

B–Y

B–Y L

( *4)

L( *

3)

L–B

LG–R

L

L–W

R–

Y

L–B

Y–B

LG–R

W–B

W–

L

Y

V

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

Y–G

R–Y

L–W

Y

Y–B

IE

1TO

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

TO

LIG

HT

FA

ILU

RE

SE

NS

OR

TO

CE

NT

ER

AIR

BA

GS

EN

SO

RA

SS

EM

BLY

TO

AB

SE

CU

TO

AB

SA

ND

TR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

TO

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

EC

U)

TO

TR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

OIL PRESSURESW

TELLTALE LIGHT RH TELLTALE LIGHT LH

FR

OM

TH

EF

TD

ET

ER

RE

NT

EC

U

SE

AT

BE

LT

RE

AR

LIG

HT

CH

RA

GE

SR

S OIL

LEV

EL

AB

S

OIL

TR

AC

OF

F

SE

CU

RIT

Y

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE)

W–

B

O 2

T 5T 6

( *3)

Page 220: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

224

COMBINATION METER

B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN

P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

O 2 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE ABOVE APPROX. 20 KPA (2.8 PSI, 0.2 KG/CM2)

E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENDER (WATER TEMP. SENDER)1–GROUND : APPROX. 160–240 (50°C, 122°F)

: APPROX. 17.1–20.4 (120°C, 288°F)E 7 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR

1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F)OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F)

F14 FUEL SENDER1–2 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL

: APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTY

C10(B), C12(A) COMBINATION METER(B) 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT P OR N POSITION (A/T)

12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)(A) 8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(A)11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

B 224 (2JZ–GTE) E 4 26 (2JZ–GE) O 2 27 (2JZ–GE)

B 226 (2JZ–GE)

E 724 (2JZ–GTE)

P 225 (2JZ–GTE)

C 9 28E 7

26 (2JZ–GE)P 2

27 (2JZ–GE)

C10 B 28 E10 29 P 5 29

C11 C 28 F14 30 T 5 29

C12 A 28 I 4 27 T 6 29

D 6 28 J 1 29V10

25 (2JZ–GTE)

E 4 24 (2JZ–GTE) O 2 25 (2JZ–GTE)V10

27 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1G

1H

1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB136 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BP1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 221: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

225

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

EC32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLDEC34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 2 38 COWL WIRE I1438 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 338 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I2138 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 838 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

Page 222: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

226

COMBINATION METER

Page 223: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

228

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

1. HEATER BLOWER OPERATIONMANNAL BLOWER OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER CONTROL SW IS SET TO ANY BLOWER SPEEDS, THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO DRIVETHE BLOWER MOTOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLRELAY. THE CURRENT ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLRELAY IS OUTPUT AT TERMINAL M+ AS THE VOLTAGE FOR THE SELECTED BLOWER SPEED. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROMTERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTORCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATES AT THE BLOWER SPEED SELECTED.

AUTO FUNCTION

WHEN THE AUTO SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C AMPLIFIER CALCULATES THE REQUIRED VENT TEMPERATURE BASED ON THE SETTEMPERATURE AND INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR. THEN TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL SIOF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REQUIRED VENT OUTPUT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THEBLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY →TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND →GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER MOTOR. THE BLOWER MOTOR THEN OPERATES AT DIFFERENT STEPS IN CONFORMITY WITHVARIABLE CURRENT FLOW OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTORCONTROL RELAY.

2. OPERATION OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)

WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR→ TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL AIR OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPERSTOPS AT RECIRC POSITION.

(SWITCH(NG FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)

WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR→ TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPERSTOPS AT FRESH POSITION.

3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C AMPLIFIER

(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)

THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL AOF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AOD OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPERMOVES TO FACE SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPO OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THESERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE AMPLIFIER, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)

THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOD OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AOF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPSAT THAT POSITION.

4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORWHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO THE “COOL” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C AMPLIFIER→ TERMINAL 1 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINALGND → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVOMOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAINTHE SET TEMPERATURE.

WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “WARM” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMH OF A/CAMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AM1 OF A/C AMPLIFIER,ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM SIDE.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 224: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

229

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONTHE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE SIGNALFROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC.

WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. AS ARESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C AMPLIFIER IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/CMAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) → TERMINAL A/C →TERMINAL MGC OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, TURNING THE RELAY ON, SO THAT THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCHIS ON AND THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/CAMPLIFIER IS OPERATING AND OPENS DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING.

WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THEAIR CONDITIONING.

∗ ENGINE RPM SIGNAL IS HIGH.

∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.

∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.

∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE SPEED AND COMPRESSOR SPEED.

∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.

Page 225: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

230

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

7. 5AHTR

E 9

E 9

E 3

E 3

E 2

21A5 1K2

2

2 22 2 2

6 5

1 2

3

5 2

3 1

2 3

4

1 53 1

4 2

2 2 2 2

1

24

M

1

2

M

1

2

M2 1

IK13 IK12

EA11

IK11

IB41

IF1

5

IF3

13

IB2

3

EB IG EB

A2 A3

B2 B1 A1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

W–G

L–W

L

LII1

10L L

L–W

L

L–W

L

W–B

W–B

R–L

B

R–L

R–L

L–R

L–W

W–B

L–R

L–R L

B BR W

–BW

–B

L

R–L

L–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

L–BL

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

W–R

LL

W–G

R–L

2 2

1 1

(*1)

(*1)

( *1)

50AHTR

30AFAN

RA

DIA

TOR

FAN

RE

LAY

NO

.2

RADIATOR FANRELAY NO. 1

HEATERRELAY

A/C

MA

GN

ET

ICC

LUT

CH

RE

LAY

A/C

SIN

GLE

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

A/C

MA

GN

ET

ICC

LUT

CH

A4

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SW

( WA

TER

TE

MP

.S

W)

E5

RA

DIA

TO

RF

AN

MO

TOR

R1

A/C

CO

ND

EN

SE

RF

AN

MO

TOR

A2

B 3BLOWER MOTOR

+B SI

M+ M– GND

BLOWER MOTORCONTROL RELAY

BB 4 , B 5A

E 9 : *1E20 : *2

E11 : *1E26 : *2

R 2

R3

A3

A2A3

A

EA

E 5

W–B

Page 226: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

231

*1 : 2JZ–GTE*2 : 2JZ–GE

A

A

I15

B9 B13 C7 B15 B6 C21B16

II131 II129

IH

EA12

R–L

W–G

L–W

L

L

W–B

R–L

B–W

W–G

L–R

B–W

B–WL–

R

L–WLL

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

23 34 16

4

A

(*2)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

E10

IGNITERI 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

A/C AMPLIFIER

AA12 , A13C

GND VER1 A/C–IN BLW HR MGC IGN

EXT

(*1)

B, A14

ACMG A/C TACO

Page 227: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

232

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

IG116 IG113 IG115 IG114IF110

I15

I15

B8 B19 B20 B17 C16 C4 C10 C11 C1 C2

A1 A6 A18 A5 B6 B3 B4

M

A9

W–B

R–L

R–L

R–

L

R–

L

G–

R

G GR

G–

R

G GR

R–

LR

–L

R–

L

R–

L

V

R–

Y

BR Y

BR

–W

G

W–B

2 5 3 4

R–

L

IG AIR AIF AIM/AMOUT L–RDEF L–DEF L–F/D L–FOOT L–B/L L–FACE

AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTORA24

HEATER CONTROL SW

BH12 , H13A

A/C AMPLIFIER

AA12 , A13C

RR–DEFOG DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE

RECIRC

FRESH

B, A14

Page 228: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

233

*1 : 2JZ–GTE*2 : 2JZ–GE

C6 C17 C18 C19 C12 C15 C14 C3 C13 B1 B4 B3 B2 A8 A10 4 A9 B11

B12 B11 A7 A15 3 A4 A14 A17 A12 A16 B1 B10 B9 A13 B2 B7 A11 A2 A10

I12

R–B

LG–B

GR B LG P

B–W P–B R

LG–R

W–L

R–

W

G–W L–

R

Y–B

P–B

V–W L–

B

BR

–W

V–W

BR–W

V–W

A

A

L–MAUTO L–REC L–FRS L–A/C L–HI L–M3 L–M2 L–M1 L–L0 SW7 SW6 SW5 SW4 SW3 SW2 SW1 SG TSET

A/C AMPLIFIER

AA12 , A13C

AUTOREC/FRS A/C FAND–FAND+ OFF

WARM COOL

HEATER CONTROL SW

BH12 , H13A

B, A14

Page 229: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

234

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

I12

I12 I13

I13 I13 I13

I19I14I12

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

IB611 IB63 II120

II126IF37 IF38

IG16 IG13 IG17 IG11IG111

IG14

IG1

5

2

1

M

A2 A17 A5 A6 C22 B10 A7 C8 C9A16

BR–W

V–WV–W

BR–W

V–W

BR–WBR–W

BR–W

V–W V–W V–W V–W

BR

–W

Y–G Y–L

V–W

BR

–W

V–W

V–W P–B

V–W

V–W LG

V–W

L–Y

Y–

L

W

V–W

LG–R

LG–R WY

–L

L–Y

LGG–Y

G–Y

P–B

Y–

L

Y–G

BR

–W

V–W

P–B

V–W

V–W G–Y

G–Y

V–W

V–W LG

BR

–W

Y–L W

5 3 4 2 1

P–B

V–W

S5 TS TR TAM LOCK–IN TPO TE AOD AOFTW

A/C

RO

OM

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

A16

A/C

SO

LAR

SE

NS

OR

A17

A/C

AM

BIE

NT

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

A1

A/C

LOC

KS

EN

SO

R[A

/CM

AG

NE

TIC

CLU

TC

H]

A4

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A26

A/C

EV

AP

OR

ATO

RT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A15

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( WA

TE

RTE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R)

( FO

RA

/CS

YS

TE

M)

E11

A/C AMPLIFIER

AA12 , A13C

DEF

FACE

V–W

B, A14

Page 230: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

235

*2 : 2JZ–GE*1 : 2JZ–GTE

10AECU–B

15ACIG

10AGAUGE

1E13 1E2 1H12

4 4

5 2

3 1

4 4

I14 I14

I14

IG18 IG19 IG12 IF18 IF36

II18 II123

M

A18 A3 A1 B7 C20 B18 A11 A14

1E

12

II1

2

IB612

EA

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

V–W

Y

Y

Y

L–R L–R

L–Y

W–R

L–R Y

Y Y

Y

R YL–R

Y

BR

–W

G–W

V–W V

R–Y

G–W V

R–Y

G–W V

R–Y

W–R

L–R B P L–Y

L–Y

P L–R

W–B

4 3 5 2 1

6 5 3

1

2 1

W–L

B

TP AMH AMC +B ACC RDEFGR SPEED PSW

AIR MIX CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

[CO

MB

.M

ETE

R]

A25

TELL

TALE

LIG

HT

RH

T6 V

EH

ICLE

SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R( S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

)N

O.

1( F

OR

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R)

V10

A/C

DU

AL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

ODO ANDTRIP

A/C AMPLIFIER

AA12 , A13C

WARM

COOL

B

RE

AR

WIN

DO

WD

EFO

GG

ER

RE

LAY

IF

A9

A11 B11

A10

A4B1

B2A1

(*1)

(*1)(*2)

(*2)

BA

3,

AB

C10

,C12

A

B, A14

BR

BR

R

Page 231: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

236

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

A 4 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH4 – GROUND: APPROX. 3.7

A 3(A) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW] (2JZ–GTE)(A) 1–(A) 4 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 225 KPA (33 PSI, 2.3 KG/CM2) OR 3140 KPA (458 PSI, 32 KG/CM2)

A 3(B) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW (2JZ–GE)(B) 1–(B) 2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 225 KPA (33 PSI, 2.3 KG/CM2) OR 3140 KPA (458 PSI, 32 KG/CM2)

A12(C), A13(A), A14(B) A/C AMPLIFIER+B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTSIG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTORBELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

ACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITIONTW – GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. COLD POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW

BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. WARM POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SWMGC – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW ON POSITION

10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW OFF POSITIONBLW – GROUND: 1.0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

S5 – GROUND: 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

AMH – AMC 13–19 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFFAOF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ONAOD – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ONGND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 124 (2JZ–GTE) A17 28 H12 A 29

A 126 (2JZ–GE) A24 28 H13 B 29

A 2 24 A25 28 I 4 27

A 3A 24 (2JZ–GTE) A26 28 J 1 29

A 3B 26 (2JZ–GE) B 3 28 R 1 25

A 424 (2JZ–GTE) B 4 A 28 R 2 25

A 426 (2JZ–GE) B 5 B 28 R 3 25

A12 C 28 C10 A 28 T 6 29

A13 A 28 C12 B 28V10

25 (2JZ–GTE)

A14 B 28 E 5 24V10

27 (2JZ–GE)

A15 28 E10 29

A16 28 E11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA132 (2JZ–GTE)

ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO 2)EA134 (2JZ–GE)

ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IB436 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IB636 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IG1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEATER CONTROL SW)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IK1 38 COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 232: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

237

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IH36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 E26 34 ENGINE WIRE

E 332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I12 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E 532 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I13 38 COWL NO. 3 WIRE

E 9 I14

E11 32 ENGINE WIRE I15 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E20 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I19

38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

Page 233: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

238

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

Page 234: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

240

GROUND POINT

FRONT FOG LIGHT ANDPARKING LIGHT RH

EFI NO. 2 RELAY

EFI MAIN RELAY

HEATER RELAY

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

A/C CONDENSER FANMOTOR

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

TRACTION PUMP ANDMOTOR

COMBINATION METER

ENGINE OILLEVEL SENSOR

NOISE FILTER

IGNITER

FRONT FOG LIGHT ANDPARKING LIGHT LH

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH

DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 3

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

HEADLIGHT LO RH

HEADLIGHT LO LH

ABS RELAY

A/C DUAL PRESSURESW

ABS SOLENOIDRELAY

TRACTION SOLENOIDRELAY

ABS ACTUATOR

E 2

E 5

E 8E 8

E 2 E 2

E20

2

2

2

5

5

EB EA

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR (SUB)

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR (MAIN)

ED

EC

II1

24

I17

E16 I17

I11

IJ118

(E1)

(E01)

(E02)

IC1

8

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

(*4)W–B

(*3)

W–B

(*3)

W–B

(*1)

W–B

(*4)

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR BR

BR

BR

BR

BRBR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

(*3)

W–B

W–B

(* 3)

E 7 : *3E20 : *4

E 2 : *3E18 : *4

E 2 : *3E18 : *4

E 2 : *3E18 : *4

E 5 : *3E19 : *4

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 3

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

E11 : *3E24 : *4

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

(*1)

E 2 : *3E18 : *4

W–B

(*3)

(–S)

(–S)

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

RADIATOR FANRELAY NO. 2

(E)

ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.SW (WATER TEMP. SW)

(–S)E 3

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

BR

E 2 : *3E18 : *4

(L) E 8W–B

(*1)

(*3)

(*3) (*3)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE(ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION)

W–B

Page 235: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

241

*4 : 2JZ–GE* 2 : USA* 1 : CANADA *3 : 2JZ–GTE

SUB HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(FOR CALIFORNIA)

VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)

POWER STEERINGPRESSURE SW

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW LH

ROOM LIGHT SW[DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW LH]

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW LH

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR AND MIRRORHEATER LH

POWER WINDOW MASTERSW

PERSONAL LIGHT

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY

POWER MAIN RELAY

INTEGRATION RELAY

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 3

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(FOR CALIFORNIAON FRONT SIDE)

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(FOR CALIFORNIAON REAR SIDE)

(E1)

CRUISE CONTROLECU

KICK DOWN SW

CRUISE CONTROLH SW[COMB. SW]

UNLOCK WARNING SW

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

RHEOSTAT

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

TELLTALE LIGHT LH

TURN SIGNALFLASHER

I11 I17 E27

E28

I17

I 4

I 9

I 2

I 2

I 3

I 3

I 1

B 1

B 1

B 1

B 1

IJ1

18

IC1

8

ED

1H

13

1K

12

1E

18

1J

1

1K

6

1D

10

1F

6

1G

3

IG

4

1K

5

E28

E27

4

IE

(E01)

(E02)

W–B

W–B

IB5

13W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(* 1)

(*4)

BR BR BR BR BR BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–

B

(E1)

(E2)

W–

BW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE(ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION)

(A/T)

Page 236: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

242

GROUND POINT

STEREO POWERAMPLIFIER

COMBINATION METER

TELLTALE LIGHT RH

FUEL SENDER

RADIO AND PLAYER

BLOWER MOTORCONTROL RELAY

SEAT HEATER RELAY(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT)

SEAT HEATER (FORPASSENGER’ S SEAT)

BUCKLE SW RH

DOOR COURTESY SW RH

HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]

TRAC OFF SW

TRACTION ECU

ABS LATERALACCELERATIONSENSOR

SHIFT LOCK ECU

ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONPATTERN SELECT SW

O/D MAIN SW

SEAT HEATER SW

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

(EP)

(GND)

HEATER CONTROL SW

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

CLOCK

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

PPS ECU

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW RH

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW RH

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR AND MIRRORHEATER RH

IG

IH

I 8

I 3

I24 I24 I23

I23

I 4

I20

I11

I18

I 9

I 9

I21

I21

B 2

B 2

I15

B 2IL1

16

IF3

11

IE1

3

BP1

3

IK1

1

IF1

14

I18

I18

I18

I11

IF

I14

(E2)

(VER1)

COMBINATIONMETER

A/CAMPLIFIER

W–B

(*2)

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(*1)W–B

(* 2)

W–B

(*3)

W–B

(*3)

W–B

(A/T)

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

(*1)

W–B

(*1)

W–B

(* 3)

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BRBR

BR

BR

BR BR

BR

A

A

A

A

A

A

AA

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

I11 : *3I 4 : *4

I11 : *3I18 : *4

(*1) (* 1)

(* 6)

( *5)

BR

(GND)

(GND)

(GND)

ABS ECU(*4)

ABS ANDTRACTIONECU (* 3)

I10

W–B

W–B

(A/T)

(A/T)

A

Page 237: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

243

SEAT HEATER RELAY(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)

SEAT HETER(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)

HIGH MOUNTED STOPLIGHT

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

DOOR COURTESY SW LH

LICENSE PLATELIGHT

BUCKLE SW LH

FUEL PUMP

REAR SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTKEY UNLOCK SW

REAR SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH

LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

FUEL PUMP ECU

B 9

B 9

B 3

B 3

B 3

B 3

I 7

B 6

B 5

B 6

B 5

B 7

B 7

BI BJ

BM12

BQ12BO1

3

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

(*1)

W–B

(*1)

W–B

W–

BW

–B

W–

BW

–BW

–B

W–B

W–

BW

–B

W–

BW

–B

W–

B

W–

BW

–B

W–

B

W–

B

BP1

2

* 1 : CANADA* 2 : USA

* 6 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER* 5 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

* 3 : 2JZ–GTE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW(FOR DRIVER’ SEAT)

W–

B

Page 238: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

244

GROUND POINT

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

J 1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT

4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

5 23 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1F 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1G

1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

IB5 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IC1 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)

IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IJ1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IK1 38 COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

BO1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE

BP1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH)

BQ1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EA32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREA34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER

EB32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREB34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

EC32 (2JZ–GTE)

FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLDEC34 (2JZ–GE)

FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

ED32 (2JZ–GTE)

REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLDED34 (2JZ–GE)

REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IG36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IH36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

Page 239: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

245

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 2 I 9

E 3 I10 38 COWL WIRE

E 5 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I11

COWL WIRE

E 7

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I1438 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E 8 I1538 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E1132 ENGINE WIRE

I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE

E1632 ENGINE WIRE

I17 38 ENGINE WIRE

E18 I18 38 COWL WIRE

E19 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I20 38 COWL WIRE

E20

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E24 I2338 COWL WIRE

E27 34 ENGINE WIRE I2438 COWL WIRE

E28

ENGINE WIRE

B 1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I 138 COWL WIRE

B 2 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE

I 238 COWL WIRE

B 3

I 3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 540 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE

I 4 38 COWL WIRE B 640 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 7 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE B 7

I 8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 9 42 SEAT WIRE

Page 240: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

246 HOW TO USE THIS MANUALO

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

Page 241: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

Junction Block (The number in the circle is theJ/B No. and connector code is shown besideit). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junc-tion blocks are shaded differently for furtherclarification.).Example:

Indicates related system.Indicates the wiring harness and wiring har-ness connector. The wiring harness with maleterminal is shown with arrowsOutside numerals are pin numbers.

is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, enginetype, or specification is different.Indicates a shielded cable.

Indicates and located on ground point.The same code occuring on the next pageindicates that the wire harness is continuous.

System TitleIndicates the wiring color.Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.B = Black L = Blue R = RedBR = Brown LG= Light Green V = VioletG = Green O = Orange W = WhiteGR= Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color andthe second letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Indicates the connector to be connected to apart (the numeral indicates the pin No.)The position of the parts is the same as shownin the wiring diagram and wire routing.Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for femaleand male connectors.

The numbering system for the overall wiring dia-gram is the same as above.Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used andonly the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguishit from the J/B.

247

Page 242: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

Remote Control Mirror

Seat Heater (for Canada)

SRS (SupplementalRestraint System)

Shift Lock

Starting

Theft Deterrent andDoor Lock Control

Turn Signal and HazardWarning Light

Unlock and Seat BeltWarning

Headlight

Horn

Illumination

Interior Light

Light Auto Turn Off

Power Seat

Power Source

Power Window

PPS (ProgressivePower Steering)

Radio and Player

ABS (Anti–Lock BrakeSystem)

Auto Antenna

ABS and Traction Control

Back–Up Light

Charging

Cigarette Lighter

Combination Meter

Cruise Control

Electronically ControlledTransmission and A/TIndicator

Engine Control

Fog Light 5–4

17–3

25–3

21–1

1–4

16–8 (for 2JZ–GE)

24–4

18–3

19–3

23–3 (w/ StereoPower Amplifier)24–2 (w/o StereoPower Amplifier)

1~26–1

20–3

12–2

12–4

11–2

8–3

10–3

13–3

21–2

9–2

14–3

1–2

7–4

Taillight

11–4

21–4

7–2

10–2

SYSTEM INDEX

Stop Light

248

Clock 20–3

15–8 (for 2JZ–GTE)

Electric Tension Reducer 20–4

16–3 (for 2JZ–GE)15–3 (for 2JZ–GTE)

Front Wiper and Washer 22–4

4–3 (for 2JZ–GE)3–3 (for 2JZ–GTE)

6–3 (for Canada)5–3 (for USA)

Ignition

9–4

2–4 (for 2JZ–GE)2–2 (for 2JZ–GTE)

Radiator Fan andAutomatic AirConditioning

26–3

Remote Window Defoggerand Mirror Heater

20–2

Rear Wiper and Washer 22–2

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

Page 243: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

1 SUPRA ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 4

8

32 AM2

2 2

2

2

2

1J6

1J4

2

1

5

3

2

1K4

2A

2

2

1

2 IJ1

IJ213

1J3 1J5

1E8 1E12

34 II1 23 II1

2 EA3

EA24

1 B

B A

A

A

L

IG

S

IJ29

3 EA1

4 IB1

2

1 B1A

I19IGNITION SW

50A AM1(for USA)60A AM1(for Canada)

50AMAIN

STARTERRELAY

7. 5AALT–S

120AALT

30AAM2

BATTERY[

STARTER

To Theft DeterrentECU<14–4>

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

<3–5><4–8><15–2><16–2>

To CombinationMeter<25–6>

C 9CLUTCHSTART SW(M/T)

7. 5AST

P

N

P 2PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRALSTART SW)

(A/T)

7. 5AIGN

10AGAUGE

T6

CH

AR

GE

WA

RN

ING

LIGH

T[TELLTA

LELIG

HT

RH

]

(*1)

(*2)

1

2

3

G 1 B , G 2 A

GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

1

1 2 3

BG 1 AG 2 BLACK

GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

S 2 A , S 3 B

1

1

STARTER

AS 2 BS 3 BLACK

WWW W

W–R

W–R

BB

BB–W

B–WB

BB

B L–O

B

B

L–O B

B

B–O

Y–G

Y

WB–Y

B–O

W W

W W Y–G Y W

Y–GB–WB–W

B B–W

B

B

(A/T )

(M/T )

(M/T )

(M/T )

(M/T )

(A/T)(A/T)

(A/T)(A/T)

(M/T)

3

6

2 2 2

2

1 1 1 1

1

2

125

B–Y

B–W

B–O

B–W

1

1 EA3

EA21

6 IB2

IB38(*1) (*1)

(*2) (*2)

B

*2 : 2JZ–GE*1 : 2JZ–GTE

ToD

aytime

Running

LightRelay (M

ain )<

6–1>

B

(A/T )

Y–G

FromC

ombination

Meter<

25–5>

Y–G

W

W

ChargingStartingPower Source

1B4

W

*3 : Canada

(*3)

Page 244: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

2 SUPRA

2 IG2AM2 3

IJ11

IJ19

4 IB1

2

2A

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2 A 6 B 5 B 4 B 10 B 11 B 12 B

1 A 1 B 2 B 3 B 9 B 8 B 4 A3 A7 B2

1

2

1

EC EC

+B IGC1 IGC2 IGC3 IGC4 IGC5 IGC6

TACH IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF

+B

IGT

EXT

IGF

C–

NE G1 G2 G–

IGNITER

I6IGN

ITION

CO

ILN

O.1

I7IGN

ITION

CO

ILN

O.2

I8IGN

ITION

CO

ILN

O.3

I9IGN

ITION

CO

ILN

O.4

I10IG

NITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.5

I11IG

NITIO

NC

OIL

NO

.6

IGNITER

D 4DISTRIBUTOR

N 1NOISEFILTER

ToD

ataLink

Connector1

(Check

Connector )<

3–3>

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

<3–5>

I 5IGNITIONCOIL

N 1NOISEFILTER

ToE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

ElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionE

CU

)<

4–7>

ToTachom

eter[C

omb.

Meter]

<25–6>

ToEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

ECU

)<

4–7>

Front side ofintake manifold

Front side ofintake manifold

BR BR

B R W

R–Y

R–W

BR

BR

R–Y

L–O

P–B

GR

–G

GR

–B

B–O

R–W

G

B–O

L–Y Y Y–B

Y–G

Y–R

B

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–W

B–R

B–O

B–O G

B–O

B–O

W–R

W–R

B–O

B

B–O B–O (2JZ–GE)

B–O B–O (2JZ–GE)B–O

B–OB–OB–OB–OB–OB–O

B–O

B–O

B–OI19IGNITION SW

IGNITER

1 23 4

AI 2 BLACK

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 11 1210

BI 3 BLACK

(2JZ–GTE )

1 2 3 4

30AAM2

BATTERY

GND

2 1

B–O

I 2 A , I 3 B

1

1 2 3 4 5

CI 4 BLACK

3 C 4 C 5 C

2 C 1 C

I 4 C

B–W

To

A/C

Am

plifier<

26–5>

B–W

1

2

ToData

LinkC

onnector1(C

heckC

onnector )<

4–2>

B–W

Power Source Ignition (for 2JZ–GTE) Ignition (for 2JZ–GE)

Page 245: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

MEMO

Page 246: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

3 S UP R A (Cont. next page )

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 4

8

32 AM2

2

1

5

35

2

1

2

2

1J4

2 2 2 2

2 2

4 EA1

8 EA1

5 EA2

11 IC2 12 IC2 7 IC2

2 BP1

5

4

M

6 BP1

9 IJ1

4 IB1

4 IJ1 12 IJ1 8 IJ1

IC210

IJ16

IJ15

IJ117

IJ113

IF17

EA22

1B4

2 2 2 2

EB BI

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

Left quarter pillarFront side ofleft fender

120AALT

30AEFIN

O.2

30AEFIN

O.1

30AA

M2

50AAM

1 (forU

SA )

60AAM

1 (forC

anada )

15 II1

13 II1 13 IJ21J5 1J3 1J6

1E12

IJ118

EDRear side ofintake manifold

10AG

AUG

E

7.5AIG

N

7.5AST

B–O

B–R

L–O

W–B

B–R L–R

O

W

P–B

V–G

L–B

BR

LG

P–G

Y–L

GR–R

L–R

Y–L

P–G

LG

L–B

B–R

W–B

8 5 6 2

15 16 22

1

5 23 8 12

91

10

17

4

14

12

8

3

7

2

1

5

L–RG

V–WLW

–B

V–W G

R–L

Y L

Y–L

LG

L–R

G

V–W

L–O

V–G

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–O

B–Y

GR

B–W

B–Y

GR

B–YL–O

W–R

W–R

WW

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

B–O

B–Y

W–B

3

EFIN

O.2

RELAY

EFIMA

INR

ELA

Y

(Short Pin)

E FPC DI FP

AB

OX2 TS WA

WB

F14FU

ELPU

MP

D 5DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECKCONNECTOR)

FromABSSolenoidRelay<19–2>

ECT

A/D

TRC

TC

ABS

FromO

/DM

ainSW

<15–5>

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolEC

U<

17–2>

From TractionECU<19–4>

From ABS and TractionECU<19–7>From Cruise ControlECU<17–2>From Center AirbagSensor Assmbly<13–3>

From ABS and TractionECU<19–8>

W

E1

ENG

TE2

TE1

TTI19IGNITION SW

F15FUEL PUMP ECU

+B

AB

2 3 4 8 7 6

1

L BR R

G B–Y

WR

–BR

R–W

R–G

R–Y

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

B–R

V–W G

#10 #20 #30 #40 #50 #60

S 1SFI RESISTOR(EFI RESISTOR)

I12IN

JECTO

RN

O.1

I13IN

JECTO

RN

O.2

I14IN

JECTO

RN

O.3

I15IN

JECTO

RN

O.4

I16IN

JECTO

RN

O.5

I17IN

JECTO

RN

O.6

(SHIELD

ED

)

BATTERY

+B

From CenterAirbag SensorAssembly<13–3>

19

3

4

2

LGP–GY–L

GR–R(A/T)B–RB–OGR

B–W(A/T)B–YW

BRBR

BR

BR

W L–B

L–B BR

BR

B–O B

B

T5

MALFU

NC

TION

IND

ICA

TOR

LAM

P (CH

EC

KE

NG

INE

WAR

NIN

GLIG

HT )

GR

–R

Y–L

P–G

LG

IG–

(SHIELD

ED

)

3TE1 +B OX1

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)R–LR–YR–GR–W

RR–BB–RV–W

GL–BR–LBR

BR

L–B

BR

FromIgniter

<2–2>

FromA

BSand

TractionEC

U<

19–7>

FP E1

1

11 1 1

2

2 222

B–Y

BE 9 DARK GRAY

AE10 DARK GRAY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

1E8 1K45 IB1

2A1

FromC

enterAirbag

SensorAssem

bly<13–3>

FromA

BSand

TractionEC

U<

19–8>From

Cruise

ControlE

CU

<17–1>

P–B

11

TC

FromA

BSand

TractionE

CU

<19–4>

13

VF1

B–R

Y

B–Y

2

2

W

(A/T)

Engine Control (for 2JZ–GTE)Power Source

(A/T )

Page 247: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

3 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

B B B B A A A B B B B B A A B A B B B B B

B B A A A B B B B B B B A B B B B A A B B B B B B B B A B

1 2

1 2

1 2

4 IJ2

14 IJ2 5 IJ2

A

10 IC19 IC1 12 IC1

IC14

IC18

20 IJ12

1

2

1

A A B B B B B A B B B

B A B B B B B B A A A A B B B

1 2

1 2

1 2

1

1

EDRear side ofintakemanifold

5 2

47 72 6 21 22 57 56 55 54 53 52 58 31 35 33 34 32 12 34 75 74 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 50 49

2

1

4 2

48 71 77 29 19 20 17 240 39 38 73 60 1 24 76 33 44 24 46 63 42

3 1

23 26 6 25 5 27 7 27 26 14 38 69 80 79

3 4 2 5

3212343

1 41

A

A

A

3164

15 16 62 41 43 64 65 4 45 66 28

BRLG

P–GY–LGR–RB–RB–OGR

(A/T)B–YW

B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R

BR–B

BR–B

W

B–L

B–R

B

LG

P–G

Y–L

GR

–R(A

/T ) P

G–B G

–Y

G–R

W–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–RL–W

B–O

GR

B–W

(A/T )

B–Y

BR

–BB

R–B

L–Y

O(A/T )

BR

–Y

GR

–R

Y–L

GR

–R

R–L

R–L

BR–W

BR

–W

L–B G

V–W

R–W

B–O

GR

–B

GR

–G

P–B

L–O

R–Y

B–R

V–Y

G–O

G–W

R–G

BR–B

L–R

P V R–B R

R–W

R–G

R–Y

R–L

Y–R W W

B–R

OX2 HT2 W DI FPCIGT1

IGT2IGT3

IGT4IGT5

IGT6IGF

+BISC1

ISC3ISC2

ISC4 OD1A/C

EGREVAP

#60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 ABS KNK1 KNK2

BR–B

B–R B–R

W

(A/T )

V7

VS

V (forIntakeA

irControlV

alve )

V4

VSV

(forExhaust

Bypass

Valve )

V5

VS

V (forExhaustG

asC

ontrolValve )

V6

VS

V(for

FuelPressure

Up )

A 5A/T FLUIDTEMP. SENSOR

E 1EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR

E 3ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR(EFI WATERTEMP. SENSOR)

V8

VS

V (forWaste

Gate

Valve )

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolEC

U<

17–3>

FromA/C

Am

plifier<26–5>

FromAB

Sand

TractionE

CU

<19–8>

FromTelltaleLight RH<25–1>

FromP

ark/Neutral

PositionSW

(NeutralStartS

W)

(A/T )<1–3>

FromC

lutchStart

SW(M

/T )<1–3>

OX HT

(SHIELDED)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

H5

HE

ATEDO

XYG

EN

SEN

SOR

(MAIN

) E +B

OX1 HT1 STA VF1 TE2 TE1 TT SP1VSV1 VSV2 VSV3 FPUPMC

IGSWM–REL

NSWBATT

THW OIL THGIDL2

VTA2

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)

R–LR–YR–GR–W

RR–BB–RV–W

GL–BR–LBR

BR

BR

B–R B–R1

3

2

4

R–L

BR–W

B–R V

B–R

W

(SH

IELD

ED

) V2

VSV (forE

GR

)

V3

VSV

(forEVA

P )

HT

OX

+B

E1

H11HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(SUB)

I1IDLE

AIRC

ON

TRO

LV

ALVE(IS

CV

ALVE )

From Igniter<2–2>

L–R

L–R

BR

–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

B–R

P–L

Y–R

BRG

–W

BR–B

RYL–R

B–Y

B–W

R–Y

R

W–G W O

B–W L

B–R

BR B W O P–L

BR BR BR

BR–B

RGR–R

L–R L–R

BR–BBR–B

BR

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

ACMG G1 G1– G2 G2– NENE–

EFI+EFI–

TRC+TRC–

E1 EO1 EO2

THA E2 VG E2

PIMVC

ELSTACO

PM1VCC

VTA1IDL1

E2 STP THA VG E21

E2B

FromA

/CM

agneticC

lutchR

elay<

26–2>

ToTraction

ECU

<19–6>

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–3>

ToTraction

EC

U<

19–6>

T14TU

RBO

PR

ESS

UR

ES

EN

SO

R

S 5SUB THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

T 2THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

M 1MASS AIRFLOW(AIRFLOW METER)

FromStop LightSW<7–4>

To CombinationMeter<25–6>To A/CAmplifier<26–5>

FromDiode(forIdle–Up)<20–2>

A

A

A A

A

A

A

BR

(SHIELD

ED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

O

L

B–R

B–W

W

C 3CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

C 2CAMSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR NO. 2

J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

K 2KNOCK SENSOR(on Rear Side)

K 1KNOCK SENSOR(on Front Side)

C 1CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR NO. 1

BR

BR

From TractionECU<19–6>

B–R

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)E 9 B , E10 A

A

13

W–R

NEO

O

L

BR

O

B–W

B–RB

–R

*1 : Engine and ElectrolnicallyControlled Transmission ECU

(A/T)

(A/T)

Engine Control (for 2JZ–GTE)

Page 248: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

4 SUPRA (Cont. next page )

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 4

8

32 AM2

1J4

1E8

2 22

2

2

4 EA18 EA1

3 EA3

11 IC2 12 IC2

2 BP1

7 IC2

6 IJ1

4 IB1

4 IJ1 12 IJ1

9 IJ1

8 IJ1

6 BP1

5 IJ1

17 1J1

13 IJ1 7 IF1

1J3

2

1

3

5

2 2

IC210

IB15

5

4

M

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

BI EB

4 IC1 12 IC1

18 IJ1 4 IJ2 14 IJ2

20 IJ1 5 IJ21J5

8 IC1

1E12

ED

II115

10 IC1 9 IC1

1B4

I19IGNITION SW

F15FUEL PUMP ECU

D 5DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

From ABS ECU<18–4>

From O/D Main SW<16–5>

From Center AirbagSensor Assembly<13–3>

7.5AIG

N

50AA

M1

EFIMA

INR

ELA

Y

30AAM

2

120AA

LT

30AE

FINO

.1

BATTER

YI12

INJE

CTO

RN

O.1

I13IN

JECTO

RN

O.2

I14IN

JECTO

RN

O.3

I15IN

JECTO

RN

O.4

I16IN

JECTO

RN

O.5

I17IN

JECTO

RN

O.6

To ABSRelay<18–1>

FromCenter AirbagSensor Assembly<13–3>

From CruiseControl ECU<17–1>From Center AirbagSensor Assembly<13–3>From ABS ECU<18–2>

D 1DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

AB TC IG– TS OX2 OX1 E1

VF1 VF2TE1+BFP

+B

FPEDIFPC

TC AB ECT A/D TT

E1WENGTE2TE1

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–2>

FromC

enterAirbagS

ensorAssem

bly<13–3>

FromAB

SEC

U<

18–2>

FromA

BS

EC

U<

18–2>

FromABSECU<18–3>F14

FUE

LP

UM

P

(Short Pin)

10AGAUGE

E1 +B

OXT

5M

ALFU

NC

TION

IND

ICATO

RLA

MP

(CH

ECK

EN

GIN

EW

AR

NIN

GLIG

HT )

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

10

30

50

70

1

21

41

61

2

22

42

62

3

23

43

63

4

24

44

64

5

25

45

65

6

26

46

66

7

27

47

67

8

28

48

68

9

29

49

69

11

31

51

71

20

40

60

80

19

39

59

79

18

38

58

78

17

37

57

77

16

36

56

76

15

35

55

75

14

34

54

74

13

33

53

73

12

32

52

72

B DRAK GRAY

(SH

IELD

ED

)(SH

IELD

ED)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SHIELDED)

R–LR–YR–GR–W

RR–BV–W

GR–LW

L–BR–L(*1)

BRBR

L–B

BR

L–OY–LP–GLG

GR–R(A/T)B–YGR

B–WBR–W(*1)

B–OB–R

L–B

GR

B–O

B–W

B–Y

B–R

L–R

LGP–GY–L

W–B

W–R

WW

W–R

GR

V–W G

W–B

V–W G

L

L–RL–R

L–R Y–L

P–G

LG

L–B

GR

–R

OV–G

V–G

B–Y

B–RB–R

B–R

B–Y

W–B

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–O

V–W G

W–B

W–B

L

B–R Y

–L

LG

Y–L

P–G

LG L–B

BR

GR

–R

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

R–L

R–Y

R–G

R–W R

R–B

B

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–Y

P–B

B–W Y R–L

W BR

L–BL–B

R–L

R–L

R–L

BR

BR

BR

B–R

BR

–W

YY

B–R

BR

–W

B–Y

B–R

BR–W

L–O

B–R B–R

BR

B–OB–R

P–B

B–O

4

2

2

2 2

4 12 9 14 10 5

1 12 22 8 13 14 2

4

HT

2 1

1

1 11

3 2 1 5 1 2 7 8 3

23 5 11 19 16 15 4 3 3

3

W–B

BR

10

20

30

40

1

11

21

31

2

12

22

32

3

13

23

33

4

14

24

34

5

15

25

35

6

16

26

36

7

17

27

37

8

18

28

38

9

19

29

39

A DARK GRAY

B–O B–O B–O B–O

WB

B–R

WA

From CruiseControl ECU<17–2>

E10

E 9

Rear side ofintake manifold

FromIgniter

<2–4>

Front side ofleft fender

Left quarter pillar

2A1

2

2

W

(A/T )

(A/T )

(* 1 )(* 1 )

(* 1 )

(*1)

(* 1 )

*1 : California

(* 1 )(* 1 )

(* 1 )

(* 1 )(* 1 )

(* 1 )

(*1)

Engine Control (for 2JZ–GE)PowerSource

ABS

Page 249: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

4 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

1

2

2

1

1

2

2

1

B A A B A A A B A A A B B B B B B B B B B A A A B B B B B B B B B

77B

23A

34A

12A

79B

80B

69B

7B

27B

25B

26B

49B

50B

47B

72B

48B

73B

20B

19B

18B

17B

16B

15B

22A

21A

6A

30A

1J6

1K4

13 IJ2

13 II1

1 1

2

1

1

2

2

1

1 1

B–RB–OBR–W(*1)

B–WGRB–YGR–R(A/T)LG

P–GY–L

B–R B–R B–R B–R

B–R B–R

L–BW

R–LG

V–WR–B

RR–WR–GR–YR–L

W

BR

R–L

BR

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

BR–B BR–B BR–B

BR–B

R

BR

BR

BRB

R

BR

BR

BR

BW–G

L–R

BR–B

BR

BR

BR

GBWR

WW

R–L

R–L (* 1 )

B–Y (* 1 )

B–R

BR

(* 1 )

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

W

B–L (* 1 )

B–R

R–L

R–Y

R–G

R–WRR–B

V–WGL–B

R–L B

R

R–L

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

B–R(* 1 )

L–O

Y–L

P–G

LG

GR

–R(A

/T )

B–Y

GR

B–W

BR

–W

B–O

B–R

G–W

R–G

V–Y

G–O G

–Y V P

W–L

R–W

R–Y P R–Y

G–W

B–O

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–RB

–W

L–Y

BR

–Y

O L–R Y R BR

–B

P–L

LG–B

BR

BR–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

BR

–B

7. 5AST

V1

VSV

(forAC

IS)

V3

VSV

(forEVA

P )

V2

VSV

(forEGR

)

V6

VSV

(forFuel

PressureU

p )

I1IDLE

AIR

CO

NTR

OL

VALVE

(ISCVA

LVE

)

M 2MAIN HEATED OXYGENSENSOR (for California,on Front Side)

M 3MAIN HEATED OXYGENSENSOR (for California,on Rear Side)

J 2JUNCTION CONNECTOR

O3

OX

YG

EN

SEN

SOR

(ExceptC

alifornia,on

FrontSide )

O4

OX

YG

EN

SEN

SOR

(ExceptC

alifornia,on

RearSide )

E

+B HT OX +B HT OX

E

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolECU

<17–3>

FromA

/CA

mplifier

<26–5>

FromA

/CM

agneticC

lutchR

elay<26–2>

FromPark/N

eutralPosition

SW

(NeutralS

tartSW)(A

/T )<1–3>

,From

Clutch

StartSW

(M/T )<

1–3>

FromDistributor<2–4>

K2

KNO

CK

SEN

SO

R(on

RearSide )

K1

KNO

CK

SEN

SO

R(on

FrontSide )

KSTHAE2IDL1VTA1

VCCOILTHGTHWSTPELSSP1IGFIGTFPU

KNK1 KNK2 G1 G2 NE G– E1 E01 E02 OD1 A/C ACMG STA

VF2TE1

TE2VF1

TTBATT

M–RELNSW

HT3 IGSW +B ISC2ISC4

ISC1ISC3

ACIS EVAP EGR

OX3 W DI FPC #60#50

#40#30

#20#10

HT1 OX1 HT2 OX2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)

T 2THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

V12VOLUME AIRFLOW(AIRFLOW METER)

E3

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LANT

TEM

P.

SEN

SOR

(EFIWA

TER

TEMP.

SEN

SO

R)

E1

EG

RG

AS

TEMP

.SE

NSO

R

A5

A/TFLU

IDTE

MP

.S

ENS

OR

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–3>

RYL–R

FromIgniter

<2–4>

FromT

elltaleLightR

H<

25–1>

FromD

iode(forIdle–U

p )<20–3>

FromStop

LightSW

<7–4>

1 3 4 6

4 3 2

2 4 3 5

1

AAAAAAAA

4

2 1 3312

4

2 5

1

A

WW

B(A

/T )(A/T )

L–R

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIELDED)

W

ED

R–L

E 9 B , E10 A

Rear side ofintake manifold

R–L

L–O

28 20 19 29 33 24 76 36 1 31 34 32 35 33 39 74 75 3617 57 58 2 15 4 44 46 24 41 43 64 65 45 66

(* 1 )

(* 1 )

(*1)

(* 2 )(* 1 )

(* 1 )

(* 2 )

(* 1 )(* 1 )

(*1)

(* 1 )

(*1) (*1)

(A/T )

*2 : Except California*1 : California

(A/T )

(A/T )

Engine Control (for 2JZ–GE)

(* 1 )(* 1 )

Page 250: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

5 SUP RA

2 2 2

IB213

4

3

2

1

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

OFF

ON

H EL T ED HF LO B HI E

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LSW

FOG

LIGH

TSW

DIM

ME

RS

W

To Theft DeterrentECU<14–4>

To IntegrationRelay<11–1>

G–R R R R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R

R

G–R

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–G

2 2

14 3 7

2A

1J1

1K5

IE

R R

W–B

W–B

O R–L

B

1 1

13 11 9 6 12

2

1

5

3

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

2 IB1

2 2 2

2 2

2 2

2 2

6 IF1

14 IF1 7 IB1

IB215

1

2

1

2

EA EB

R–L

R–L

G–O

G–O

R–L

W–B

R–L

R–L

W–B

G–O

2

R–W R–B R–B

R–W

R–W

R–B

R–B

R–B

G–R

R

2

3

R

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W (C

anada )

2

1

HE

ADLIG

HT

RE

LAY

50AM

AIN

15AFO

G

C12

HIG

HB

EAM

IND

ICA

TOR

LIGH

T[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]

H2

HEA

DLIG

HT

HIR

H

H4

HEA

DLIG

HT

LOR

H

H3

HE

ADLIG

HT

LOLH

H1

HE

ADLIG

HT

HILH

O

O

W–B

W–B

F4

FOG

LIGH

TR

H[P

ARKIN

GLIG

HT

RH

]

F3

FOG

LIGH

TLH

[PAR

KING

LIGH

TLH

]

(USA)

(Canada)

15AHEAD(LH)(for USA)

15AHEAD(LH–LWR)(for Canada)

(Canada)(USA

)

FOG LIGHTRELAY

W–B

W–B

FromIntegration

Relay<

11–2>

C13COMBINATION SW

BATTERY

To CombinationSW<6–3>

FOG LIGHTRELAYFOG LIGHTRELAY

O

O

15AHEAD(RH)(for USA)

W–B

R–L

1

Left kick panel Front side ofright fender

Front side ofleft fender

(USA)

1 1

2 2

Power Source Headlight (for USA) Fog Light

W–B

W–B

Page 251: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

6 SUPRA

3

2

1

4

3

4

1

2

1H9 1J4

1J52 2

1B5 1B4

1H12

2 2

2 2

13 IB2

1 IB3

2 2

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4 2 2 2 2 2

1

2

1

2

IG

2 2 2 21

2

1

2

2 IB1

6 IF1

14 IF1

13 IB5

EAEBIE

51K

11J

2B1

2

2

22

2 15 17 5

12 14 3

1 111 1

7

2

3

2 2222

691113

11

11 18 8 13 16

CHG– BRK PKB E HI

G–W

R–Y

R–W

R

W

R–Y R–Y

R–W

R

R

R

R–W

R–Y

R–L

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R

R–Y

R–WR

R–L

R–L

R

R–B

R

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–G

R–B

WRR W

R

R–L

Y R–L

R–Y

1

1

W

R–Y

R–Y

10AG

AU

GE

R

O

HI HF T H EL LO ED B E

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

OFF

ONLIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

DIM

MER

SWFO

GLIG

HT

SW

120AALT

60AA

M1

7.5AD

OM

E

50AM

AIN

BATTE

RY

FromG

enerator(A

lternator )<1–4>

ToB

rakeFluid

LevelW

arningS

W<

25–6>

ToP

arkingBrake

SW<

25–6>

I19IGNITION SW

IG +B DRL HD 6DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(MAIN)

DIMMER RELAY(DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2)

(for Canada)

HEADLIGHTRELAY

BR

–W

B–W

Y–G

2A

W–B

W–B

From IntegrationRelay<11–2>

C13COMBINATION SW

FromFog LightRelay<5–2>

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 3

15AH

EAD

(LH–U

PR

)

15AH

EAD

(RH

–UPR

)

7.5AD

RL

H1

HEA

DLIG

HT

HILH

H2

HE

ADLIG

HT

HIR

H

15AH

EAD

(RH

–LWR

)

15AH

EAD

(LH–LW

R)

H4

HE

ADLIG

HT

LOR

H

H3

HEA

DLIG

HT

LOLH

C12

HIG

HB

EAM

IND

ICATO

RLIG

HT[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]

ToIntegration

Relay<

11–1>

To TheftDeterrentECU<14–4>

B

B–Y

R–G

2

1

Right kick panel Left kick panel Front side ofleft fender

Front side ofright fender

2 B 4 B 1 A 5 A

1 B 3 B 2 A

3A

D 2 A , D 3 B

7 IF2

Y–G

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 3

1

4 5

2 3

6

1 2

3 4

AD 2 GRAY BD 3 GRAY

2

2

W

W–B

W–B

W–B

Power Source Headlight (for Canada)

Page 252: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

7 SUPRA

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 47

AM2

2

1

3

5

2 2

1J4

1B4

1K11

1A3 1C16

1

2

1

3

1

3

1

2

1C2

1J5

1J1

1K5

IE EB EA BI BJ

1

2

1H1

1C10

1

2

1

2

1

6 BO1

1 BM1

3 BO1

2 BM1

BI BJ

1B2

1I10

5 IE1

G

WW–L

G G G G G

G G

G G

YY V

V

G

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G G LG LG

LG

W–B

W–B

W–B

WG

–WG

–WG

–W

B–Y

G–W

R–W

W–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

W–B

2

5

2119

3 8 4 7

1

3

1

18

4

5

2

11

B–Y

W

W–B

I19IGNITION SW

I20IN

TEGR

ATION

RE

LAY

TAILLIG

THT

RE

LAY

10ATAIL

DIODE

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

T E H

BATTERY

Left kickpanel

Front sideof intakemanifold

Front side ofright fender

10AGAUGE

15ASTOP

T6

REA

RLIG

HT

WA

RN

ING

LIGH

T[TELLTALE

LIGH

TR

H]

S11STOPLIGHTSW

+T B WRN STP+

–T E STP–

F5

FRO

NT

SIDE

MA

RK

ERLIG

HT

LH

F3

PAR

KIN

GLIG

HT

LH[FR

ON

TFO

GLIG

HT

LH]

F4

PAR

KIN

GLIG

HT

RH

[FRO

NT

FOG

LIGH

TR

H]

F6

FRO

NT

SIDE

MA

RK

ERLIG

HT

RH

R12

RE

ARSID

EM

AR

KE

RLIG

HT

RH

R11

RE

ARSID

EM

AR

KE

RLIG

HT

LH

R10

STO

PLIG

HT

RH

[REA

RC

OM

B.

LIGH

TR

H]

L1

LICE

NS

EP

LATE

LIGH

T

H14

HIG

HM

OU

NTED

STO

PLIG

HT

Left quarterpillar

Lower backpanel center

Left quarterpillar

Lower backpanel center

T

TRLY

W–B

W–B

2A1

60APO

WER

50AAM

1 (forU

SA )

60AAM

1 (forC

anada )

120AALT

C13LIGHT CONTROLSW[COMB. SW]

2 W–B

L 2LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

11

1

22

2

W–B

G–W

G–W

G–W

ToTheftD

eterrentE

CU

<14–3>

1

2

G

IJ111

G–W G–W G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

To ABS ECU<18–4>To ABS and Traction ECU<19–7>

To Traction ECU<19–7>

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled TransmissionECU)

<3–8><4–7><15–2><16–2>

To Cruise Control ECU<17–4>

To Shift Lock ECU<21–3>

1E12

Y

5

1

R10

TAILLIG

HT

RH

[REA

RC

OM

B.

LIGH

TR

H]

3

R9

STO

PLIG

HT

LH[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT

LH]

5

R9

TAILLIG

HT

LH[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT

LH]

5

1

W–B

W–B

PowerSource Taillight Stop Light

2

2 2

W

W

W–B

Page 253: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

8 SUPRA

2

1

3

5

1B2

2

1K11 1I3

IH

3

5

5

6

1

2

3

1

2

1

2

1

3

2

1

2

8

20

10 IF3

10 IH1

2

1

5 IH2

16 IF1

10 B

2 A

9 A

5 C

TAILLIGHTRELAY

10APANEL

Right kick panel

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R 8RHEOSTAT

G4

GLO

VE

BO

XLIG

HT

SW

A29

ASH

TRAY

ILLUM

INA

TION

O5

A/T

IND

ICA

TOR

ILLUM

INATIO

N[O

/DM

AINSW

]

E8

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLYC

ON

TRO

LLED

TRA

NS

MISS

ION

PATTER

NS

ELEC

TS

W

T8

TRA

CO

FFS

W

S6

SEA

TH

EA

TERSW

A

B B B B B B

2 1

B

A

3

B

BATTERY

G3

GLO

VE

BOX

LIGH

T

H10

HA

ZAR

DSW

RAD

IOAN

DP

LAYE

R

C7

CIG

ARETTE

LIGH

TERILLU

MIN

ATIO

N

H12

HE

ATER

CO

NTR

OL

SW

W–B

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

G–O

W–B

GG

–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

G–O

BW

–L

G–O G–O G–O

G–O G–O G–O G–O G–O G–O G–O

W–GW–GW–G

W–G

W–B

G–O

(* 1 )(* 1 )

W–G

(* 1 )

(* 2 )(* 2 )

(* 1 )

E

T

*2 : w/o Stereo Power Amplifier*1 : w/ Stereo Power Amplifier

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

AR 6RADIO AND PLAYER

BR 4

W–G

G–O

W–G

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

1

1

2

2

2A1

120AA

LT60A

PO

WE

R

T6

OD

OA

ND

TRIP

ILLUM

INA

TION

[TELLTAILLIG

HT

RH

]

FromC

ombination

Meter<

25–8>

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 101 2

3 4 5 6

R 5 C

R4

B,R

5C

,R6

A

4

10

See TaillightSystem<7–1>

1E Left kick panel

1E18

1J1

W–B

W–B

ILL–

G–OG–O

G–O

2

2

W

C10

ME

TERILLU

MIN

ATIO

N[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

12

13

IlluminationPowerSource

Page 254: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

9 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4

2

2

1J

1J4

12 IF1 17 IF1

1E14 1E19 1A4

4 IF1

3 IB1

71H

111H

31C

71A

1C4

IE

4

4 4

2A

BI BJ EB

1

2

2

2 2

16 IB2

10

1

2

EA IH

15 B 6 A

7 A

1B4

1E7

I19IGNITION SW

H10HAZARDSW

50AA

M1 (forU

SA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

120AALT

15AH

AZ–HO

RN

7. 5ATURN

B1 F TB TR B2 TL

OFF

ON

BATTERY

Left kickpanel

Right kickpanel

Front sideof leftfender

Lowerbackpanelcenter

Left quarterpillar

R9

RE

ARTU

RN

SIGN

ALLIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIGH

TLH

]

R10

REA

RTU

RN

SIG

NA

LLIG

HT

RH

[RE

ARC

OM

B.

LIGH

TR

H]

F7

FRO

NT

TUR

NSIG

NAL

LIGH

TLH

F8

FRO

NT

TUR

NSIG

NAL

LIGH

TR

H

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

IND

ICA

TOR

LIGH

T[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

H 8HORN LH

H 9HORN RH

C13HORN SW[COMB. SW]

ToTheft DeterrentECU<14–4>

C10

A,C

12B

HORNRELAY

L–R

L–B

L–RL–R

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

G–Y

G–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

W–R

R–B

R–B

G–Y

G–B

G–B

G–Y

B

G–R W

WW

W

WW

L–RG–Y

G–BG–B

G–YG–Y

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–R

R–B

W W

B–Y

A

66

10 8

581

RH

LH

TB TR TL

2 1

2

22

2

3 1

5 5

5697

1

11

3A

1 1B L

E

W–B

13987654321 10 1112 1611109854321 1213146 7 15

AC10 BLUE BC12

TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

TURNSIGNALFLASHER

C13TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

LH RH

Front side ofright fender

1

2

2

W

Power Source Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light Horn

5

Page 255: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

10 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

4

1J4

2

2 1E1

1J5

1J8

1B5 1C1 IF8 IH9 1D6

1I161C12 1I6 1E9 1I15 1D2 1D10 1K12 1J1

BI IG IE

2

1

2

13 1

15 IC2 2 IC2 1

2

4

53

1

1

2

7

6

1D4 1K1

1F6 1F2

1IE18

1

3 2

1E12

1B4

8

14

7 11 1 2

BKL CTY DOOR KSW SW E

8 6 4 5 3 10

2

2

22

11

1

BR

W

B–W

R–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–B

R–W

R–W Y

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

R–B

LG

W–B

W–B

W–B

G R–B

LGLG

R R

LGLG

R–B

W–B

W–B

P–L

B–Y

YY–R

10AG

AU

GE

7. 5ARADNO. 2

R R R R R

W–G

W–G

W

W–B L 5LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT SW

L 4LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT

P 6PERSONAL LIGHT

LH RH

LPBACCIG

D12

DO

OR

KE

YC

YLIND

ER

LIGH

T[D

OO

RKE

YLO

CK

AND

UN

LOC

KS

WLH

]

I18IG

NITIO

NK

EYC

YLIN

DER

LIGH

T

INTEGRATION RELAY

T6

TELLTALELIG

HT

RH

B6

BU

CK

LESW

LH

D10

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YSW

LH

D11

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SWR

H

D7

DIO

DE

(forInteriorLight )

U1

UN

LOC

KW

ARN

ING

SW

D12

RO

OM

LIGH

TS

W[D

OO

RK

EYLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SWLH

]

W–B

W–B

BATTERY

7.5AD

OM

E

120AA

LT50A

AM

1 (forUSA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

Left guaterpillar

Right kickpanel

Left kickpanel

2A1

2

SEAT

BELT

1E11

I19IGNITION SW

DO

OR

2 A

8 IF2 9 IF2

3 A

8 IL1 6 ID1

3

1

3

1

IH

16 IL1

FromTheft

DeterrentEC

U<

14–3>

R

G–B

G–B

L–WL–W

L–W

G–B

D16

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ETECTIO

NS

WR

H[D

OO

RLO

CK

MO

TOR

RH

]

D15

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ETE

CTIO

NSW

LH[D

OO

RLO

CK

MO

TOR

LH]

Right kickpanel

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B W–B

From TheftDeterrent ECU<14–3>

LG

LG

PLCK LOCK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

AI20

INTEGRATION RELAY

R–B

I20 A

1

16

2

1

R–B

WRN

9

2

2

W

PowerSource

Unlock andSeat Belt Warning Interior Light

Page 256: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

11 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

4

1J4

1B5

1J5

2

2

1B4

1I16

2A

BI

2

3

13 IB2

15 IC2

6 A 5 A 7 A 4 A

1J8

1E18

1E10

1J1

M M M M

12 ID1 11 ID1 10 ID1 15 IL1 6 IL1 14 IL1

IE

B E MLH MLV M+ MRV MRHCONTROLSW

SELECTSW

RH

LH

UP

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT

UP

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT

8

2 1 6 5 3 7

5 3 4 4 3 5

R 7REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

MH MV M+ M+ MV MH

R17REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH

R16REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

Left quarter pillar Left kick panel

D10

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WLH

HRLY TRLY H T DCTY

B IG

1 7

6

50AA

M1 (forU

SA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

120AALT

7.5AD

OM

E

BATTE

RY

I19IGNITION SW

FromH

eadlightRelay

<5–2>

<6–2>

See

TaillightSystem

<7–1>

ToC

ombination

SW

<5–1>

<6–2>

WW

R R

B

R–Y

R–Y

R

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

LG

LG–B

LG–R

LG

LG–B

LG–R

BR

–B

BR

–Y

LG–R

LG–R B

R–B

BR

–Y

GR

P–L P–L

LG–R

W–B

10AGAUGE

INTEGRATION RELAY

I20 A

1

7. 5ARADNO. 2

B–Y

See

TaillightSystem

<7–1>

3 A 2 A

9 IF2 8 IF2

L–W

G–B

L–W

G–B

LOCK PLCK

ToD

oorLock

Motorand

Door

Unlock

Detection

SWLH

<14–4>

TOD

oorLock

Motorand

Door

Unlock

Detection

SWR

H<

14–4>

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

AI20

INTEGRATION RELAY

2

2

W

1 1

1

2 2

2

PowerSource Light Auto Turn Off Remote Control Mirror

Page 257: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

1 2 S U P R A

1B2 1H15

1I7

2

1J1 1D10 1D9 1J2

IE

M1 2

6 IC2

3 IL117 IL14 IL1

15 ID114 ID1

M2 1

M2 1

M2 BQ1

BI

4 3 1

2

1 BQ1

2A

8 10 9

4

452

75

1 3

W–L

Y

W–B

W–B

L L L L

W–B

R–W

G–Y

W–L

L L L

B

2

2

1

1

W–B

L

L–WL–W

L–W

L

G–W

R–L

R–L

G–W

L

G–W

R–L

L L–B

W–B

G–Y

R

W–B

Left quarter pillar

5 IF3

Left kick panel

BATTERY

120AALT

60APOWER

POWER MAINRELAY

P 9POWER WINDOWMOTOR LH

P10POWER WINDOWMOTOR RH

P12POWER SAET MOTOR(for Driver’ sSeat Slide Control)

FRO

NT

REA

R

FRO

NT

REA

R

RECLINING MOTOR

P11POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(for Driver’ s Seat)

P7

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SWR

H

R–W

W–B

L–W

UP

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

RE

LAY

UP

DO

WN

30ADOOR

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

NORMAL

LOCK

P 8POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

1 5

2 3

1

2

1

2

2

W

Power Source Power Window Power Seat

FromTH

EFTD

ETE

RR

ENT

EC

U<

14–4>

Page 258: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

13 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1

5

32 AM21J4

1J3 1J8 1B2

2 2

2

1G10 1G6 1E13

1B4

1J1

1E31G3 1G4

1G7 1G9

1E4

2A

IE

11 IF1 2 IF1 12 II1

13 3 4 2 1 14

E1 E2 +SL –SL +SR –SR TC LA

5 6 8 9 11 10 7 12

1 2 1 2

1

1

2

2

4 IB1

B

W–B

P–B

B–Y

B–Y

P–B

P–B

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

P–B

BGRWR

W–B

W–B

B–Y

P–B

B–Y

P–B

W–R

W

W–R

W

W–L

B–O

P–L

W–L

B–O

W–R

L–R

W–L

P–L

B–O

Y L G BR

7. 5AIGN

15ACIG

10AECU–B

30AA

M2

50AA

M1 (forU

SA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

60AP

OW

ER

A28

AIR

BAG

SQU

IB(FrontP

assengerA

irbagA

ssembly )

A27AIR

BAG

SQU

IB(Steering

WheelPad )

IG2 D+ D– P+ P– ACC

C 5CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

BATTERY

Left kickpanel

AA BB

CONNECTIONDETECTIONPIN

I19IGNITION SW

21 II1

CONNECTIONDETECTIONPIN

F 1FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH

F 2FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH

120AALT

15

2

SPIRALCABLE

1 1

11

2 2

2 2

1

T 6SRS WARNING LIGHT[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]

ToD

ataLink

Connector

2 (TDC

L )<

3–2><

4–2>

ToD

ataLink

Connector

2 (TDC

L )<

3–3><

4–2>

ToD

ataLink

Connector

1(C

heckC

onnector )<

3–3><

4–2>

ToD

ataLink

Connector

1(C

heckC

onnector )<

3–3><

4–2>

2

2 2

WW

PowerSource SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

Page 259: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

14 SUPRA

2 2 2 2

IJ4

1B2 1J5 1J87

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

4

1B4

1H15 1E17 1E2

13 IF16 IF2

13 ID1

19 IB6

11 IF2

9 IF34 IE1

4 IB6

7 ID1 1 ID1

2

1

2

1

1

2

1K12

1J1 1D10

1B5

1E11

9 IL1 10 IL1

15 IF2 16 IF2 10 IF2 14 IF2

7 IL1 2 IL1

6 ID1 16 ID1 12 IL1 8 IL1

16 IL1

5 ID1 11 IL1

MM

7 EA1

3 ID1

L–WL–W

B–R

L–R

WW–L

W(* 2 )

W(* 1 )

R

W(* 1 )

W

Y

V–R G

G–Y

G–Y

R–W

G–R

W–L

W–L W

–LW

–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LL

V–R

Y

W G–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

G–R

G–R

R–W

3 8 4 3

R–B

G–W

R–Y

L–O

L–RL–R

L–O

R–Y

G–W

LG

W

L–W L–Y

G–B

G–BL–Y

L–R

W–B

G–R

R–W

L–W

L–YL–R

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–W

1

1 2 2 1 2 3 2 11 4 2 1

3 2 4 3

L–R L–R

W

W–B W–B

G–Y

R–W

G–R

R

P–L

B–Y

2 2 2

2

2

1

1

111

WG–Y

W–B W–B

L–Y

W–B

W–L

L–RL–Y

G–B

V–R

BATTERY

120AA

LT

15AH

AZ–H

OR

N

7.5AD

OM

E

60AP

OW

ER

50AA

M1 (forU

SA)

60AA

M1 (forC

anada )

U1

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W

L3

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MPA

RTM

EN

TKE

YU

NLO

CK

SW

E6

ENG

INE

HO

OD

CO

UR

TESY

SW

30AD

00R

10AEC

U–IG

15AC

IG

W–L

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

D12

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

KA

ND

UN

LOC

KS

WLH

P8

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

WLH

[PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

MAS

TER

SW

]

D14

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

WR

H

D13

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

KA

ND

UN

LOC

KS

WR

H

D15

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RAN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TECTIO

NSW

LH

D16

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RAN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TECTIO

NSW

RHB

I19IGNITION SW

LUG DSWH KSW UL3 L2 L1 UL1 UL12 LSWD ACT– LSWP ACT+ E

HORNSRLYHEADTAILDSWDDSWL+B1SHACCIG+B2

R

FromH

ornR

elay<

9–4>

FromS

tarterRelay

<1–2>

FromH

eadlightRelay

<5–2>

<6–2>

FromTaillightR

elay<

7–1>

ToD

oorCourtesy

SW

LH<

10–1>

ToLuggage

Com

partment

LightSW<

10–4>

*1 : 2JZ–GE*2 : 2JZ–GTE

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

BJ EA IEFront side ofright fender

Left kick panel

W

IHRight kick panelLower backpanel center

2A1

T 1THEFTDETERRENTHORN

W(* 2 ) (* 1 )

(* 1 )

(* 2 )(* 2 )

(* 2 )

(* 1 )

FromIntegrationRelay<11–2>

4 IF3

2

3

IG

T5

THE

FTD

ETER

RE

NT

IND

ICATO

RLIG

HT

[TELLTA

LELIG

HT

LH]

1E18

10

IND

W–L

W–B

9

R–L

R–L

W–B

W–B

DSWP

2

Right kickpanel

D11

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SW

RH

L–W

FromIntegrationR

elay<11–2>

G–B

2

1

22 II1

R–B

IF23

2

2

W

2

Power Source Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

W–B

9 A 7 A 8 A 11 B

9 B 14 B 19 B 12 B 20 B 6 B 22 B 5 B 8 B 16 B 15 B 2 A 21 B 3 A 4 A

1 B 4 B 7 B 23 B 10 B 25 B 24 B 6 A

12 IF3

YY

ToPow

erM

ainR

elay<12–1>

PRLY

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

19 20

1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

25242322211715141312 18

5

16

BT13 ORANGE

AT 7 ORANGE

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

T 7 A , T13 B

Page 260: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

15 SUPRA (Cont. next page )

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 4

8

32 AM2

1J4

2

2

2 2 2 2

1J3 1J6

8 EA1

2 EA2

2 2

1B4

2 2 2 2

1E8 1K4

2

1

3

5

2

1

5

313 II1 13 IJ2

EA14

4 IB1

24 A 1 A 76 B 31 A 9 B 10 B 31 B 12 B 13 B

33 A 77 B 2 A 4 A 12 A 24 B 62 B 42 B 63 B 41 B 43 B 64 B 65 B 45 B

2A

66 B 28 B 69 B 79 B 80 B 3 A 18 A 25 A 28 A 10 A 9 A 7 A

23 B14 B 3 B 21 B 1 B 38 A 27 A 26 A 14 A 13 A 11 A

2

1

1

2

3 IJ2 38 II1

12 IJ2 5 II1

1

2

131H

11J

W–R

W

B–Y

B–W

B–O

GR

GR

B–R

B–R

GR

B–Y

B–O

B–W

B–RB

–R

R–L

W–R

W–G

LG–R

Y–G

W–R

W

B–O

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

B–Y

B–Y B–Y

R–L

B–R

B–Y

R–B

LG–R

G–B

LG–B

R G L Y

P–L

B W O

W–R

Y–R

BR

BR

BR Y

G–Y

W–L V–G

W–L

G–Y

W–BW–B

Y G–Y

W–L

V–G

8 4 1 5 6 7

2 3

2

2

2 2

1

1

B–O B

I19IGNITION SW

See EngineControlSystem<3–1>

EFINO

.2R

ELA

Y

EFIMA

INR

ELA

Y

7.5AS

T

7.5AIG

N

1 11

B

2

W–B

120AALT

30AE

FINO

.2

30AE

FINO

.1

FromPark/N

eutralP

ositionS

W(N

eutralS

tartSW)<

1–3>

FromTelltale

LightRH

<25–1>

FromStop

LightSW

<7–4>

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–3>

B P

G–W

BR

–B

BATTERY

M–REL IGSW NSW +B

BATT STA SP1 STP OD1 OIL PM1 VTA2 IDL2

S2 S1

VCC VTA1 IDL1 E2 THA VG E21

See Engine Control System<3–7>

K 4KICK DOWNSW

FromAB

Sand

TractionE

CU

<19–8>

FromTraction

EC

U<

19–6>

01

O/D

DIR

EC

TC

LUTC

HSP

EED

SEN

SO

R

V11

VEH

ICLE

SP

EED

SEN

SOR

(SpeedSensor )N

O.2

(forElectronically

Controlled

Transmission )

B–RE 2

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–3>

E 9 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)

10

30

50

70

1

21

41

61

2

22

42

62

3

23

43

63

4

24

44

64

5

25

45

65

6

26

46

66

7

27

47

67

8

28

48

68

9

29

49

69

11

31

51

71

20

40

60

80

19

39

59

79

18

38

58

78

17

37

57

77

16

36

56

76

15

35

55

75

14

34

54

74

13

33

53

73

12

32

52

72

BE 9 DARK GRAY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

B–W

B–R

50AA

M1 (forU

SA)

60AA

M1 (forC

anada )

30AA

M2

SLN+ SLU+

SLU–SLN–SLT–SLT+S1S2

SLT+ SLT– SLN– SLU– SP2+ SP2– NCO+ NCO– NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC– ABS

R2LOD2MIMKDE01E02E1

1

EBFront side ofleft fender

ED

NO

.3

NO

.4

NO

.5

NO

.1

NO

.2

Rear side ofintake manifold

10

20

30

40

1

11

21

31

2

12

22

32

3

13

23

33

4

14

24

34

5

15

25

35

6

16

26

36

7

17

27

37

8

18

28

38

9

19

29

39

AE10 DARK DRAY

B W O G L BR

R Y

2

2

W

5 EA2

B–R

B–O

B–R

B–Y

Power SourceElectronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator(for 2JZ–GTE)

Page 261: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

15 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

P R N D 2 L

1J5

121E

7 II1 1 II1 18 II1 27 II1

IF31 2 4

IHIE

A

A

1

2

36 II1

BI BJ

1 4 10 6 7 8 11

17 II1

II123

IE112

132 12

B–Y

R–B

LG–R

G–B

G–R

R–B

LG–R

G–B

Y

Y Y Y

Y

G–R

R–B

LG–R

G–B

G–B

LG–R

G–RLGR

Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

V–G

W–L

G–Y

W–B

V–G V–G

V–G

W–B

W–B

V–G

W–L

V–G

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

Y

(A/T )

10AGAUGE

P 2BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATORLIGHT SW

(M/T )

R–B(A/T)

R–B

W–B

R–B

To Cruise ControlECU<17–2>

V–G W–B

4 3MANUAL

NORMAL

E 8ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

L

O/D

OFF

MA

NU

P R N

D 2

C11A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

O 5O/D MAIN SW

5 5

4 4

W–B

W–B

R10RH

R 9LH

BA

CK

–UP

LIGH

T[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT]

Lower backpanel center

Left quarter pillarRight kick panelLeft kick panel

To Data LinkConnector 2(TDCL)<3–2>

(M/T)

(A/T)

GR

L

See

Com

binationM

eter<

25–8>

3

IJ27

G–R

W–B

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator(for 2JZ–GTE) Back–Up Light (for 2JZ–GTE)

R–B

Page 262: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

16 SUPRA (Cont. next page )

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 4

8

32 AM2

1J4

2

2

22

1J3 1J6

3 EA3

2

1B4

22

1E8 1K4

2

1

5

3

13 II1 13 IJ2

EA14

4 IB1

24 A 1 A 76 B 31 A 9 B 10 B 8 B

33 A 77 B 2 A 4 A 12 A 41 B 43 B 64 B 65 B 45 B 66 B 69 B 80 B 79 B 3 A 18 A 25 A 28 A 10 A 9 A

23 B 3 B

2

1

3 IJ2 38 II1

12 IJ2 5 II1

1

2

131H

11J

W–R

W

B–Y

B–W

B–O

B–R

GR

B–Y

B–O

B–W

B–RB

–R

R–L

W–R

B–R

W–R

W

B–R

B–Y B–Y

R–L

B–Y

LG–R

G–B

R GB

R

BR

BR Y

G–Y

W–L V–G

W–L

G–Y

W–BW–B

Y G–Y

W–L

V–G

2 1 3

2

2

2

1

1

B–O B

I19IGNITION SW

EFIM

AINR

ELAY

7.5AS

T

7.5AIG

N

11

B

2

W–B

120AALT

30AE

FINO

.1

FromPark/N

eutralP

ositionS

W(N

eutralS

tartSW)<

1–3>

FromTelltale

LightRH

<25–1>

FromStop

LightS

W<

7–4>

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–3>

B P

G–W

BR

–B

BATTERY

M–REL IGSW NSW +B

BATT STA SP1 STP OD1

S2 S1

VCC VTA1 IDL1 E2 THA KS

See Engine Control System<4–8>

K 4KICK DOWNSW

V11VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(Speed Sensor) NO. 2(for Electronically ControlledTransmission)

E 2ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<17–3>

E 9 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)

10

30

50

70

1

21

41

61

2

22

42

62

3

23

43

63

4

24

44

64

5

25

45

65

6

26

46

66

7

27

47

67

8

28

48

68

9

29

49

69

11

31

51

71

20

40

60

80

19

39

59

79

18

38

58

78

17

37

57

77

16

36

56

76

15

35

55

75

14

34

54

74

13

33

53

73

12

32

52

72

10

20

30

40

1

11

21

31

2

12

22

32

3

13

23

33

4

14

24

34

5

15

25

35

6

16

26

36

7

17

27

37

8

18

28

38

9

19

29

39

BE 9 DARK GRAY AE10 DARK DRAY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

E1 EO1 EO2 KD M MI OD2 L 2

S3 SP2+ SP2–

8 EA1

GR

B–Y

B–R

B–W

S2 S1 SL

50AA

M1 (forU

SA)

60AA

M1 (forC

anada )

30AA

M2

GR

2A1

EBFront side ofleft fender

ED Rear side ofintake manifold

NO

.2

NO

.1

NO

.3

B W Y

2

2

W

B–Y

35 A

PS

1

2

BR

–W

BR

P 3POWER STEERINGPRESSURE SW

BR

Power SourceElectronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator(for 2JZ–GE)

Page 263: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

16 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

P R N D 2 L

1J5

121E

7 II1 1 II1 18 II1 27 II1

IF31 2 4

IHIE

A

A

1

2

36 II1

BI BJ

1 4 10 6 7 8 11

17 II1

II123

IE112

132 12

B–Y

LG–R

G–B

G–R

LG–R

G–B

Y

Y Y Y

Y

G–R

LG–R

G–B

G–B

LG–R

G–RLGR

Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

V–G

W–L

G–Y

W–B

V–G V–G

V–G

W–B

W–B

V–G

W–L

V–G

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

Y

(A/T )

10AGAUGE

P 2BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATORLIGHT SW

(M/T )

R–B(A/T)

R–B R–B R–B

To Cruise ControlECU<17–2>

V–G W–B

4 3MANUAL

NORMAL

E 8ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

LO/D

OFF

MA

NU

P R N

D 2

C11A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

O 5O/D MAIN SW 5 5

4 4

W–B

W–B

R10RH

R 9LH

BA

CK

–UP

LIGH

T[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT]

Lower backpanel center

Left quarter pillarRight kick panelLeft kick panel

To Data LinkConnector 2(TDCL)<4–2>

(M/T)

(A/T)

GR

R–B

L

(A/T

)3

See

Com

binationM

eter<

25–8>

23II1

G–R

W–B

W–B

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator(for 2JZ–GE) Back–Up Light (for 2JZ–GE)

Page 264: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

17 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4

1J4

1J5

2 2

1B4

1E12 1H12 1I9

21 II1

11 IF1 4 IF2

2

1

9 A

6 B

IE

1H13

1J1

16 IB6 7 IB6 10 IB6 9 IB6 15 IB6

8 IB6 17 IB6

4

3

M

10 IJ2 11 IJ2 3 IJ1

1

1H8 1I10

1B2

WWW–L

P–BP

–B

P–B

O

YO

Y

B–R

W–R

W

L

R–Y

P–G

LG–R

R–B

G–R

LG

B–W

BR–B

P–B O

G–R

W–B

P–G

LG–R

R–B

G–R

LG R–L

BR–B

W–B

W–B

B

P–B O G–R

W–B

BR–B

13 18 19 25 24 23 11 12 10 26 22

3 2 1 7 6 5

5 15

17

8 7 2 14 15 1

4

R–L

9 21 3R

–L

BR

–B

R

R–L

BR–B

R

BR

–W

W–L

B–Y

I19IGNITION SW

10AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

LIN

DIC

ATO

RLIG

HT

[CO

MB.

ME

TER

]

C15

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

LC

LUTC

HS

W(M

/T )

TC PI D B BATT

GND CCS CMS VR3 VR2 VR1 MC MO L L–

60AP

OW

ER

50AA

M1 (forU

SA)

60AA

M1 (forC

anada )

120AALT

BATTERY

RESUME/ACCEL

SET/COAST

CANCEL

MAIN

C14CRUISE CONTROLMAIN SW[COMB. SW]

Left kickpanel

C 4CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

10AECU–B

15ASTOP

STP+

ECT OD IDL PKB

S11STO

PLIG

HT

SW

P5

PAR

KIN

GB

RA

KE

SW

C10

A,C

12B

2A1

FromTelltale

LightRH

<25–1>

FromS

topLightS

W<

7–4>

20

SPD STP–

16

P

G–W

13987654321 101112

1611109854321 1213 146 7 15

BC12

AC10 BLUE

CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

C16CRUISE CONTROL ECU

FromE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)

<15–2>

<16–2>

ToE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)

<3–6>

<4–8>

<15–2>

<16–2>

FromE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)

<3–8>

<4–8>

1

1 1

2

2 2

ToD

ataLink

Connector1

(Check

Connector )

<3–3>

<4–2>

ToD

ataLink

Connector2

(TDC

L )<3–2>

<4–2>

ToD

ataLink

Connector2

(TDC

L )<3–2>

<4–2>

FromA/T

IndicatorSW

2

2

W

PowerSource Cruise Control

2

W

G–R

(M/T )

(M/T )

(A/T )

(A/T )

(A/T )

(A/T )

Page 265: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

18 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4

1J4

6 B 5 B 4 A 3 A 1 B

2 IB6

21B

51J

1H8 1K13 1E12

15 A 2 A16 B8 B7 B1 B9 B3 A16 A10 A18 A 14 A 26 A 13 A 1 A 6 A 9 A 22 A

23 A 24 A 11 A 15 B 5 A 6 B12 B3 B10 B12 A25 A13 B

1B4

B B

2A2 B 6 B 3 B 4 B 1 B 5 B

4 A 3 A 1 A

2 1

IG

2 1 11 2 2

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

PL

Y

G–W

B–O

R–L

W–L

B–R

W–R

GND GNDRR+RSSRL–RL+FR–FR+FSSFL–FL+MT

2

4

4

B–R

IG1 GND

GST GS2 GS1

8 IC23 IB52 IB5 3 IC2

L–W L

W–B

B

W–B

L–W L

R R

4 IB5 5 IB5 1 IB5

W BBW R

R LL

RR–

V LGLGV

W–B

SFRSFLSRRSRLAST

B–R

L

15 IJ1 21 II1

P–B

P–B

P–BYY

B–Y

L

21

3 4

AA 6 BLACK

1 2 34 5 6

BA 7 GRAY

1 2

3 41

4 5

2 3

6

V–G

4 B

D/G

13 IB6 1 IB6

M

L–WYB–YPP–B

Y–G

Y–G

P–B P B–Y Y

L–W

AA 8 GRAY BA 9 GRAY

ABS RELAY ABS ECU

AST SRL SRR SFL SFR MT

L–B

V–YV

V V–Y

L–B

GND BS MR R– SR

ABS ACTUATOR

BS BM

6 IB5

ABS RELAY

P–B

120AA

LT

2 2 2

EA

A10ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT LH

ABS ACTUATOR

A11ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT RH

A31ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR LH

A32ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR RH

(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)

ToD

ataLink

Connector2

(TDC

L )<4–2>

ABS ACTUATORABS ACTUATORABS ACTUATOR

ABS ECU

MR R– SRSRSRSR TS TC BATW IG1 GST GS2 GS1 STP

6

32160AAB

SN

O.1

BATTERY

W W–L

R

WWA

10AECU–B

10AECU–IG

10AGAUGE

A23ABS LATERALACCELERATION SENSOR

I19IGNITION SW

+BS W

50AA

M1

60AP

OW

ER

Front side ofright fender

BR

–B

W–BB–R

BR

–W

Rightkick panel

L

W–B

W–L

B–Y

9 IC2

A 8 A , A 9 B

IF111

P–B

W

A18 B , A19 A

A 6 A , A 7 B

IF22

L

T5

ABS

WAR

NIN

GLIG

HT

[TELLTA

LELIG

HT

LH]

1

1 1 1

2 2 2

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 1011121314 1516

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 1617 181920212223 24 25 26

BA18 AA19

6 EA1

16 IJ1

ToData

LinkC

onnector1(C

heckC

onnector )<

4–2>

ToData

LinkC

onnector1(C

heckC

onnector )<

4–2>

ToData

LinkC

onnector2(TD

CL )<

4–2>

ToData

LinkC

onnector1(C

heckC

onnector )<

4–2>

B–R

L

FromData Link Connector 1(Check Connector)<4–2>

14 BBR

–WT

oP

arkingB

rakeSW

<25–7>

PKB

FromStop LightSW<7–4>

(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)

L5 IB6 10 IB5 9 IB5 8 IB5 7 IB5 6 IB6

1 A+BM

BM2 A

2 4

2

2 2

WW

E

Power Source ABS (Anti–Lock Brake System)

Page 266: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

19 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4

1H8 1J4

1J5

2 2 2 2 2

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5

1B2 1B4

1E12 1K13

5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

1 IB6 18 IB6 16 IB5

3

4

2

1

4

6

3

1

2

2A

5 5

EB

M

4

3

2

1

EA

9 A

7 B

2 IF2 12 IF2 1 IF2

16 IJ1

5

4

5

2

3

6 1

To Data Link Connector 1(Check Connector)<3–3>

To Data LinkConnector 2(TDCL)<3–2>

T 5TELLTALELIGHT LH

ABS

TRAC

OFF

TRAC

TION

IND

ICA

TOR

LIGH

T[C

OM

B.

METER

]

I19IGNITION SW

10AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

10AEC

U–B

30AA

BS

NO

.2

50AA

M1 (forU

SA)

60AA

M1 (forC

anada )

60APO

WER

60AA

BS

NO

.1

120AA

LT

7.5ATR

AC

BATTERY

T4

TRA

CTIO

NP

UM

PAN

DM

OTO

R

ABS

MO

TOR

RELAY

ABS

SOLEN

OID

RE

LAY

TRAC

TION

SO

LENO

IDR

ELAY

TRAC

TION

MO

TOR

RE

LAY

TRACTION INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

13987654321 101112

1611109854321 12 13146 7 15

AC10 BLUE

BC12

TRACTION ECU

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 1617 1819 20212223 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

AT 9 BT10

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

CA22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 1617 1819 20212223 24 25 26

AA20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10111213141516

BA21

ABS ACTUATOR

21

3 41 2 3

4 5 6

AA 6 BLACK BA 7 GRAY

ToD

ataLink

Connector1

(Check

Connector )

<3–3>

W–R

B–R

L–Y

V

L–B

B–R

LG–R

W

L

V–Y

R–W

L–W

L

G–B

W–G

R R

V–Y V–Y V–Y

B–R

L–Y

R

YL–Y

WW–L

L V–Y V–Y

L–W

W–B

V–Y

R–W

W–B

W–R

W

Y

B–R R

LG–R

B–RRL–BVR

L–B

B–R

LG–R

B–Y

YL–Y

W–B

B

V–Y

W–B

Y Y

Y

LG–R

LG–R

L WW

W

LL

LG–R

L

W–G

R

Front side ofright fender

Front side ofleft fender

G–B

2 2

22

2

2

3

11 1

11 1

1 2

8 4

2

(Cont. next page )

1

6 EA1

B–R

C10

A,C

12B

3 IB3

2

2 2

W W

Power Source ABS and Traction Control

Page 267: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

19 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

26A

12A

13A

23A

24A

10A

8B

3B

9B

2B

1B

7B

20A

6A

19A

7A

4A

22A

16A

21A

9A

17A

3A

18A

5C

6A

20A

8A

5A

18A

17A

4A

9B

1B

2B

10B

25A

4C

9C

12A

8C

2C

1A

15A

2A

24A

7A

13B

15B

6B

4B

5B

7B

8B

11B

14B

16B

6C

12C

2 IB6

4 IB2

5 IB2

6 IB2 1 IB5

2 IB5

3 IB5 3 IC2

8 IC2

9 IC2

10 IB2

11 IB2

IE

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

IG

11A

6B

5B

4B

10B

11B

12B

14A

5A

9A

1C

13A

26A

7C

21A

14A

22A

10A

10C

6 IB6

7 IB5

8 IB5

9 IB5

10 IB5

5 IB6

14 IB6

4 IB3

4

2

3

1

4 6 3 1

8 IJ2

IF111

II121

11A

23A

2

1

M

IEEA

5 B 1 B 4 B 3 B 6 B 2 B

1 A3 A 4 A

2 IJ2

Front side ofright fender

Right kick panelLeft kick panel

FromS

topLight

SW<

7–4>

ToP

arkingBrake

SW<

25–7>

ToD

ataLink

Connector

1(C

heckC

onnector )<3–3>

GND

WAGST

GS2GS1

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–GND

GNDGND

R– SRC SMC MT SFR SFL SRR SRL AST TMR MTT LBL D/G

CSWGNDBCMB–BAA–ACMTC PKBSTPABS0

TRC0BRP

BRCTHFA

BRFARL0

RR0FL0

FR0IDL2IDL1

TRC+TRC–

EFI+EFI–

NEOIND

WTBM

BATIG1

TSRSR MR IG1

BAT FR0FL0

RR0RL0

BRFATHFA

BRCBRP

TRC0ABS0 STP PKB TS TC

ToE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engine

andElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionEC

U)

<3–8>

<15–4>

A23ABS LATERALACCELERATION SENSOR

A10

AB

SS

PEED

SEN

SOR

FRO

NT

LH

A11AB

SSP

EED

SEN

SO

RFR

ON

TR

H

A31

AB

SS

PEED

SEN

SOR

RE

ARLH

A32AB

SSP

EED

SEN

SO

RR

EAR

RH

T3

TRA

CTIO

NB

RA

KEAC

TUA

TOR

ToB

rakeFluid

LevelWarning

SW

<25–7>

ToD

ataLink

Connector

2(TD

CL )<

3–2>

ABS ACTUATOR

T8

TRA

CO

FFS

W

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

A20 A , A21 B

TRACTION ECUT 9 A , T10 B

S 4SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR

ToD

ataLink

Connector

2(TD

CL )<

3–2>

To Data LinkConnector 1(Check Connector)<3–3>

Left kick panel

V–Y

R–W

L–W

L

G–B

W–G

V–YV–YV–Y

R–W

L–W

L

G–B

W–G

W

L

W–R

B–R

L–Y

V

L–B

B–R

LG–R

P–BP–BP–BP–B

R–B

R–W

B–Y

V–R

P–G

P–B

GR

–R

Y–B

O

LG–B

G–W

BR

–W

G–W

BR

–W Y

P–BP

–B BR G W L R Y

(SH

IELDE

D)

W–B

W–B

LG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

L–W

Y–G

P–BPB–YY

L–WL–W Y B

–Y P P–B

Y–G

G–B

W–G

VV–YV–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

PL

R–W

R–W

VV–Y

R–W

V–G

R–W

W–B

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELDE

D)

LGVLRBWW B R L V LG

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELDE

D)

W–B

B–O

R–L

W–L

L

B–R

GR

–R

RO

W–R

BWP–L

W

LG–R

L–Y

W–R

B–R

P–L

W–R

B–RVL–B

B–R

V

P–B

5 2

B–R

GS1GS2

GSTIG1

4 1 2 3

6

IB613

V–Y

A 6 A , A 7 B

, A22 C

15 IJ1

Y

W–B

B12

EX0

14 IJ1

Y–R

Y–R

ToEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

ElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionEC

U)

<3–7>

<15–4>

FromStop

Light<

7–4>

ToParking

Brake

SW

<25–7>

FromThrottle

Position

Sensor

<3–8>

FromSub

ThrottleP

ositionS

ensor<

3–8>

ABS and Traction Control

Page 268: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

20 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

4

1J5 1B2

1J4

2 2 2

4 4

1C7

2

1

5

3

5 IC2

1 BO1

8 IF1

1H12 1K7

4 4

2A

1

1 A

1 B

1 C

1B4

R

P–L

B–Y

B

W–L

W

R

W

Y

W–L

W–L

B B

B BB

B

B

P–L

R

BB

–W

B

I19IGNITION SW

30AD

EFO

G

10AG

AUG

E

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERRELAY

10AMIR–HTR

60AP

OW

ER

50AAM

1 (forU

SA )

60AAM

1 (forC

anada )

120AA

LT

7.5AD

OM

E

B

BATTERY

N 2NOISEFILTER

NOISEFILTER

REA

RW

IND

OW

DEFO

GG

ER

R18

B,R

19C

ToA/C

Am

plifier<

26–5>

NOISEFILTER

1

N 3 A

6 BM1

B

2

1

3

5

1E6 1E2 1E11 1I3 1E17 1C6 1K13

1H41D1

1B

1J

IJ1

IE IH BI IG

1D10

13 IL1

3 IF1

10 IF3

16 IL1

14 II1 4 II1

2

1

2

1

2 2

1 1

1265

43

5 2

4

22

1 1

2

31

A

A

SPD E SOL– SOL+

111K

32 II1

G–O

L–R R

G–O

P

W–B

LG–R

LG–R

LG–R

LG–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

B–W

B–W

W–B

R–Y

G–O

W–B

L–RL–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

ToE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engine

andElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionEC

U)

<3–7>

<4–7>

10AECU–IG

10APANEL

15ACIG

B

L–R

From

TelltaleLightR

H<

25–1>

P 4PPS ECU

B–R

C 8CLOCK T12

RH

TENSIO

NR

ED

UC

ER

SO

LENO

ID

T11LH

D8

DIO

DE (forIdle–U

p )

R17RH

MIR

RO

RH

EATER

[RE

MO

TEC

ON

TRO

LM

IRR

OR

]

R16LH

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

G–O1

11

1

2 2

2 2

Right kickpanel

Left quarterpillar

Right kick panelLeft kick panel

See Taillight System<7–1>

TAILLIGHTRELAY

8

5

1

AN 3

NOISE FILTER

L–R R–Y

W–B

W–B

B 6LH

B 7RH

P1

PPS

SOLEN

OID

BU

CK

LESW

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

BR18 GREEN CR19

3

4

1 1

2

22

W

W

Electric TensionReducer

PPS(ProgressivePower steering)Clock

Rear Window Defoggerand Mirror Heater

PowerSource

1

2

Page 269: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

21 SUPRA

IJ4

1B4

1E2 1I14 1I9

IJ8 1J5

2

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

4

1

2

1K12

1J1

1H16

IC17

3 BQ1

3

1

4

2

2

1

4 BQ1

3

1

4

2

2

1

6 IC1

2 BQ1

BW

W–B

W–B

W–B

VW

–B

W–B

B–R

BB

BB

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

W–B

L

W–B

Y Y–R

Y

B

Y–R

L–R

B–Y

P–L

W

L–R

G–W

C 6CIGARETTELIGHTER

2

A

2

4

1

46

215

S12SEAT HEATER(for Driver’ sSeat)

S14SEAT HEATERRELAY(for Driver’ sSeat)

6

KLS+ E

ACC IG STP

BATTERY

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

S 7SHIFT LOCK ECU

15ACIG

10AECU–IG

15ASEAT–HTR

S15SE

ATH

EATE

RR

ELAY

(forPassenger’

sS

eat )

FromStop Light SW<7–4>

K 3KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

S 6SEAT HEATERSW

S13SE

AT

HE

ATER(forP

assenger’s

Seat )A

1

I19IGNITION SW

B

B Y–R

2A1

2

2

1

1

120AALT

50A AM1(for USA)60A AM1(for Canada)

IH IE BIRight kick panel Left kick panel

P2

P

P1

SLS–

SLS+

G–R

G

G–W

L

L–R

SH

IFT

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LSW

SH

IFT

LOC

KS

OLE

NO

ID

IGLeft quarter pillar Right kick panel

2

2

W

PowerSourse

CigaretteLighter Shift Lock

W–B

Seat Heater(for Canada)

Page 270: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

22 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4

1J4

1J5

2

1K12 1K12

1J1

1B4

1H5

1 IC2

4 BM1 3 BM1

13 IC2 4 IC2

BM15

BO14

BO12

BO15

11A

2A

1J1

IE

M

MIB22

IB28

IB29

IE EB

1 IB2 7 1B2

OFF

INT

LOW

WASHER

W B +S +1 +2 E

C14FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW[COMB. SW]

F 9FRONT WIPERMOTOR

M

WASHER1

OFF

INT

ON

WASHER2

+1R C1R E WR

BATTERY

C14REAR WIPER ANDWASHER SW[COMB. SW]

50AA

M1 (forU

SA)

60AA

M1 (forC

anada )120A

ALT

R15REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY

REAR WIPERRELAY

REAR WIPERMOTOR

W 1WASHER MOTOR

W–B

W–B

W–B

GR

–G

L–R

L–WL

L–O

GR

–G

L–R L

L–W

LG

L–O

L

W–B

W–B

BW

LG–R

LG–R

LG–B

LG–B

W

LL

L L L

LG–R

LG–BLG–B

LG–R

LG

L

L

LL

2 3 6 5

1374188

2

1 10 2

3

2

1

16

3

1

1

+B

LM

SM

LS

C1C1

L

B

SM +B LM

E

+2 +1 B +S

L

16

L

L

L–W

B–Y

20AWIPER

I19IGNITION SW

L

R

1

1

1

2

2

Left kick panel

HIGH

Left kick panel Front side ofleft fender

MIST

WIPER RELAY

Y

2

2

W

PowerSource Rear Wiper and Washer Front Wiper and Washer

Page 271: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

1 2 3 4

23 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

1J4

1J8

1H3

1B4

10 IE1 11 IE1 2 IF3 3 IF3

3 A 6 D 2 D 1 D 5 D

4 A 2 C 9 C 1 C 8 C

2 ID1 8 ID1 5 IL1 1 IL1

IF

7. 5ARADNO. 2

R13REAR SPEAKER LH

R14REAR SPEAKER RH

1 12 2

2

2

2

21

1

+B1

GND

ACC

FL+ FL– FR+ FR–

RR–RR+RL–RL+

F10FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH

F11FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH

1

1

F12FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F13FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

PP V

P VP

BR

V LG LG L L

V LGLG L

L

B

B Y R WWRYB

W

Left kickpanel

BATTERY

I19IGNITION SW

22

8 IB1

2 IH2 6 IH2 1 IH2 3 IH2

3 A

6 A

6 A

2 A

2 A 4 C 11 C 3 C 10 C

2 IH1 6 IH1 1 IH1 5 IH1

4 A 3 D 4 D 9 D 8 D

14 C5 C

2 IH3 1 IH3

9 IE1 13 IE1

+B2

WF+ WF–

11 IF3

P V LG L

LG–B

LG–R

BR

LG–B

LG–R

LG–B

LG–R

GR

W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

B Y R W

L–Y

P–L

W 2WOOFER(SPEAKER)

STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

21 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

CS10 BLACK

1 2

(*1)

(*2)

AS 8

11

11 B

11 B

12 B

12 B

4 B

4 B

5 B

5 B

6 B

6 B

13 B

13 B

14 B

14 B

10 B

10 B

9 B

9 B

3 B

3 B

1 B

1 B

12 13 5 6 7 14 15 3 4 1

8 IH1 9 IH1

From Auto AntennaControl Relay<24–3>

FADEGND BEEP MUTE F. L F. R R. L R. R ACC B AMP

FADE BEEP MUTE F. L F. R R. L R. R GND OUT OUT AMP+

ANT

B G Y L R W BR

(SH

IELD

ED)

V LG(S

HIE

LDED

) P–L

P–L

P–L

B–R

B–R

P–LR 6RADIO AND PLAYER

8

(*1)

(*2)

11

1

2 2

2

2A1

50AA

M1 (forU

SA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

120AA

LT

20AR

AD

NO

.1

*1 : w/ Woofer(Speaker)*2 : w/o Woofer(Speaker)

1 2

3 4 5 6

S 8

STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

A , S 9 B , S10 ,C D

DS10

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER

643217 8 9 10 11 12 14

513

643217 8 9 10 11 12 14

513

B*1 S 9 BLACK

B*2 S 9

2

2

W

PowerSource Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier)

Page 272: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

24 SUPRA

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

1J4

2 2

1J8

1E10

1B4

1 IF1

10 IE1 11 IE1 2 IF3 3 IF3

4 A 3 A

2 B 6 B 1 B 3 B7 A 2 A 6 A 1 A 5 A

8 IB1

8 A 9 A

2 ID1 8 ID1 5 IL1 1 IL1

IF

7. 5ARAD NO. 2

R13REAR SPEAKER LH

R14REAR SPEAKER RH

A30AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY

RADIO AND PLAYER

1 12 2

2

2

2

21

1

ANT AMP

B

GND

ACC

FL+ FL– FR+ FR–

AMPANT

RR–RR+RL–RL+

F10FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH

F11FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH

1

1

F12FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

F13FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

PP V

P VPBR V LG LG L L

V LGLG L

L

B

L–Y

B Y R W

B–R

P–L

WRYB

L–Y

WW

L–Y

GR

Left kickpanel

BATTERY

I19IGNITION SW

P–L

L–Y

RADIO AND PLAYER

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

AR 4

1 2

3 4 5 6

BR 5

1

1

1

20AR

AD

NO

.1

120AALT

50AA

M1 (forU

SA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

2

22

4

1

B

*1 : w/ Stereo Power Amplifier

5 4 2 3

1J5

1E17

7 IE1 6 IE1

M1 2

IH

A

A

W–B

W–B

6

E

P–L

B–R

(*1)

(*1)

(* 2 )

(* 2 )

ACC IG UP DOWN

GRB–R

GR

R G

10AECU–IG

A33AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR

To Radio and Player<23–2>

Right kick panel

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R 4 A , R 5 B

L–Y

L–Y

7 8

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

GR

*2 : w/o Stereo Power Amplifier

2A1

GR

2

2

W

PowerSource Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier) Auto Antenna

Page 273: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

MEMO

Page 274: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

25 SUPRA (Cont. next page )

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 4

1J4 1E11

2 2

1J5

1E12

1B4 1B5

IF25

II111

25 II18 II1

2 II1 23 II1

1

See

TheftDeterrent

andD

oorLockC

ontrolS

ystem<

14–2>

See

AB

Sand

TractionC

ontrolS

ystem<

19–4>

See

Engine

Control

System

<3–3>

<4–3>

See

AB

SS

ystem<

18–4>S

eeA

BS

andTraction

Control

System

<19–4>

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE)

OIL

OIL

LEVEL

TRA

CO

FF

SEC

UR

ITY

AB

S

V10VE

HIC

LES

PEE

DS

ENSO

R(S

PEED

SEN

SO

R)N

O.1

(forCom

binationM

eter )

SeeTheft

Deterrentand

DoorLock

Control

System<

14–2>

SeeInteriorLight

System<

10–1>

SeeU

nlockand

SeatBelt

Warning

System

<10–1>

SeeTaillightSystem

<7–3>

SeeC

hargingSystem

<1–4>

See

Illumination

System

<8–4>

See SRS(SupplementalRestraint System)

<13–3>

ODO ANDTRIP

CH

ARG

E

REA

RLIG

HT

SEAT

BELT

DO

OR

SR

S

10AGAUGE

50A AM1(for USA)60A AM1(for Canada)

T 6TELLTALE LIGHT RH

I19IGNITION SW

120AALT

7. 5ADOME

To PPS ECU<20–3>

To A/C Amplifier<26–5>

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

<3–7><4–7><15–2><16–2>

To Cruise ControlECU<17–3>

T 5TELLTALE LIGHT LH

BATTERY

P

P P

P

P

P

B–Y

Y Y

L–R

R–G

Y

L–W

Y–G

Y

R

R–G

R–Y

L–R

R YRW

Y Y

RW

Y–G R

–G

L–R Y

P BR

B–Y

B

PP

BR

L–W

L–R Y

L–R YR

Y–BY–B

R–G

R–Y

0 2OIL PRESSURESW

14 16 18 6 7 4 3 5 1 8 9

11

1

2

1

3

106215241051131218

2

2 2

COMBINATION METER

13987654321 10 1112 13987654321 1011 12

BC10 BLUE CC11 BROWN

2A1

IF Left kick panel

1611109854321 1213 146 7 15

AC12

2

2

W

Power Source Combination Meter

Page 275: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

25 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

11 B 4 B 14 A 9 B 13 A 16 A 6 A 2 A 3 A 15 A 6 B 1 C 4 C 10 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 11 C 12 B 13 B

3 C13 C7 B12 C2 C7 A1 A10 B 1 B 2 B 5 B 8 A 9 A 8 B 10 A 11 A

13 IF2

33 II1 24 II1 19 II1

5 BP1 3 BP1 1 BP1

2

1

IF

1

EB IH

14 IB2

1 IE1 2 IE1 3 IE1

15 IF1

29 II1

EC

See Electronically ControlledTransmission and A/T IndicatorSystem<15–6><16–6>

SeeIllum

inationSystem

<8–4>

SeeTurn

Signal

andH

azardW

arningLightSystem

<9–3>

SeeH

eadlightSystem

<5–3>

<6–4>

See

Cruise

Control

System

<17–2>

ToR

heostat<8–4>

SeeE

lectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionand

A/T

IndicatorSystem

<15–6>

<16–6>

See ABS and TractionControl System<19–4>

L2DNRP

MA

NU

O/D

OFF

TUR

NR

H

TUR

NLH

HIG

HB

EAM

TRAC

CR

UISE

BR

AKE

SP

EED

FUE

L

FUE

L

TACH

O

MA

STER

From Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)

<3–7>

To Igniter<2–4>

From Park/Neutral PositionSW(Neutral Start SW)(A/T)<1–3>From Clutch Start SW(M/T)<1–3>

DELAY

BULBCHECKRELAY

E7

EN

GIN

EO

ILLEV

EL

SEN

SOR

E 4ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR(WATER TEMP. SENSOR)

F14FUEL SENDER

From Daytime RunningLight Relay(Main)<6–1>

FromD

aytime

Running

LightRelay (M

ain )<

6–2>

P 5PARKING BRAKESW

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B 2BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

BR

–W

W–B

BR–W

BB

–W

B–W

(* 2 )B–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

(* 1 )B

R–W

(* 2 )R

–W

BR

–W

B–W

BR

BR

G BR

Y–L

Y–G

Y–B BR

BR

Y–B

Y–G

Y–G

Y–B

BR

Y–LG

BR

BR

R–G

R–Y

L–R

L–W

Y–G Y

B–W(*1)

Y

Y–G

L–W

L–R

R

R–G

R–Y

B–W(Canada)

B–W(Canada)

BR–W BR–W

B–W(Canada)

BR–W

BR–W

DIODE

(*2)

(USA *1)(USA)

(Canada)

(Canada )

(US

A )(U

SA)

(* 1 )

1

1 2

ILLUM

INA

TION

*1 : 2JZ–GTE*2 : 2JZ–GE

WATERTEMP.

A

A

1 2 3

COMBINATION METER

C10 B , C11 C , C12 A

Front side ofintake manifold

Left kick panel Right kick panelFront side ofleft fender

G–O

From ABS ECU<18–2>From ABS andTraction ECU<19–7>

From Traction ECU<19–8>

BR–W

BR

–W

BR–W

FromAB

Sand

TractionE

CU

<19–8>

R–W

R–W

(* 1 ) (*1)

Y–G

ToG

enerator(Alternator )<

1–4>

A

1

2

44

Combination Meter

Page 276: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

26 SUPRA (Cont. next page )

7

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

5

4

6

1

5

2

3

2

1

3

5

4

2

1

5

3

3

4

1

2

1

2

M

1

2

M2

3

1

2

1E13 1J4

2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2

1B2 1B4

2 2 2 2 2

1A5 1K2

1J5

10 IF1

1 IB4

3 IB2

3 IK1

2 EA1

5 IF1

2A

EB IG EB

2 B 1 B 1 A 3 A

2 A

1

2

M 1 IK1 2 IK1

10 II1

EA11

4

IG116

IG113

IG115

IG114

M

IF313

BATTERY

120AA

LT60A

POW

ER

50AA

M1 (forU

SA

)60A

AM

1 (forCanada )

30AFAN

50AH

TR

HEA

TER

RELAY

A/CM

AGN

ETIC

CLU

TCH

RELA

Y

A3

A/C

SING

LEP

RE

SSU

RE

SW

E5

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LANT

TEMP

.SW

(WA

TER

TEMP.

SW)

R1

RAD

IATO

RFAN

MO

TOR

A2

A/C

CO

ND

EN

SE

RFA

NM

OTO

R

BLO

WER

MO

TOR

CO

NTR

OL

RELAY

B3

BLOW

ER

MO

TOR

10AE

CU

–B

R3

RAD

IATOR

FAN

RELAY

NO

.2

I19IGNITION SW

7. 5AHTR

R 2RADIATOR FANRELAY NO. 1

To Engine ControlModule(Engine andElectronicallyControlled TransmissionECU)<3–7><4–8>

A 4A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH

W–R

W

W–L

W W–R

B

B R–L

R–L

R–L

B–Y

LR

–L

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L L

L–R

L–WL–W

L–R

W–G L

R–L

R–L

W–B

L–R

R–L

W–R

(2JZ–GTE

)

R–L (2JZ–G

TE)

B

BR

BR

W–B

LL

W–B

L

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–W

L

L

L–W

L

L

W–B

R–L

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–R(2JZ–GTE)

R–L(2JZ–GTE)

P–L

B–Y

R–L

R–L

G–R

G

GR GR

G

G–R

R–L

P–L

W–RR

–LR

–L

FRESHRECIRC

A24AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

L

L–W

L

W–B

W–B

L–R

W–G

(2JZ–GTE)R–L

(2JZ–GTE

)

2 2 2

2

2

1

1 1

1

1

2

5

3

4

A/C AMPLIFIER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10111213 1415 161718

A ORANGE

4

12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 17 18 19 20

B ORANGE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

1

32

A BLACK

12

B BLACK

A ORANGE

BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY

HEATER CONTROL SW

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

B ORANGE

B

+B

M+ M– GND S11

Front side ofleft fender

Right kick panel

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 22

C ORANGEA12

A13

A14

B 4 B 5

A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

12 3

4

1 2

AA 3 BLACK BA 3 GRAY

B4

A,B

5B

H12 H13

2 2

2

W

WW–B

Front side ofleft fender

EA Front side ofright fender

W–B

Radiator Fan Automatic Air ConditioningPower Source

Page 277: FOREWORD - PBworkswilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52786494/JZA80 Electrical Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Manual Name Pub. No. 1995

5 6 7 8

26 SUPRA (Cont’ d )

1J8

1E2

6 IF3 6 IG1 1 IG1 7 IG1 11 IG1 3 IG1 8 IG1 2 IG1 9 IG1 7 IF3

20 II1

1

2

1

2

2

1

5 IG13 IB6

1

2

1

2

13 B9 B2 A17 A5 A6 A22 C9 A3 A1 A18 A7 A16 A

9 A10 A2 A11 A7 B2 B13 A9 B10 B1 B16 A12 A17 A14 A4 A3 A15 A7 A11 B12 B4 B3 B

8 C9 C10 B

1 A 6 A 18 A 5 A 6 B

6 B21 C14 A15 B16 B7 C

17 B 20 B 19 B 20 C 7 B 11 A 18 B 8 B 16 C 4 C 10 C 11 C 1 C 2 C 6 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 12 C 15 C 14 C 3 C 13 C 1 B 4 B 3 B 2 B 8 A 10 A 4 A 11 B

IH

IG14

26 II1

11 IB6

EA

M

12 IB6

29 II1 31 II1

8 IF3

ToE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)

<3–6>

<4–8>

FromE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)(2JZ–G

TE )<3–7>

FromIgniter (2JZ–G

E)<

2–4>A/C

DU

ALP

RE

SSU

RE

SW A26AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

E11EN

GIN

EC

OO

LANT

TEM

P.SE

NS

OR

(WATE

RTEM

P.

SEN

SOR

)(for

A/CS

ystem)

A15A/C

EVA

POR

ATOR

TEM

P.

SEN

SOR

A4

A/C

LOC

KS

ENSO

R[A/C

MAG

NE

TICC

LUTC

H]

A1

A/C

AMB

IENT

TEMP.

SEN

SO

R

A16

A/C

RO

OM

TEMP.

SEN

SO

R

A17

A/C

SO

LAR

SEN

SOR

A25AIR MIX CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

TSET

VER1GNDS5

SW1SW2

TS

SW3

TR

SW4

TAM

SW5SW6

LOCK–IN

SW7

SG

L–LOL–M1L–M2

AMHAMCTPTE

L–M3L–HIL–A/C

L–FRSL–REC

L–MAUTOL–FACE

TWAODAOFTPO

L–B/LL–FOOT

L–F/DL–DEF

L–RDEFIGRDEFGRSPEED+BACCAIRAIF

AIM/AMOUT

A/C–IN HR BLW PSW IGN MGC

15ACIG From

Telltale

LightRH

<25–1>

FromR

earWindow

Defogger

Relay<

20–1>

HEA

TER

CO

NTR

OL

SW

Rr–DEFOG DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE AUTO

REC/FRS A/C FAND– FAND+ OFF

WARM COOL

M

DEF

FACE

CO

OL

WA

RM

A

5454

3 1 2 3 1 2

A A

L–YL–Y

L–YL

L–W

L

W–B

B–W

L–R

LG W Y–L

LG–R

L–Y

G–W

R–Y V

VR–Y

G–W

L–Y

LG–R

Y–L

WLG

BR

–W

V–W

V–W

V–W

V–W

BR

–W

B–W

L–R

V–W

V–WV

–WV

–WP

–B

G–Y

V–W

G–Y[

P–B

Y–L

Y–G

BR–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

V–W

BR

–W

BR–W

BR

–W

W–B

BR–W

L–B

V–W

P–B

Y–B

L–R

G–W

R–W

W–L

LG–R

RP–B

B–WPLGBGR

LG–B

R–B

G

BR–W

YBR

R–YV

R–L

BP

W–R

L–R

GR

P–L

W–R

P–L

R–L

G–R

G

R–L

R–L

V–W V–W V–W V–W

BR–WBR–W

V–WL

L–W

V–W V–W V–W

V–W

BR–W

V–W

V–W

W–B

P–B

R–L

L

H12

A,H

13B

A/C AMPLIFIER

A12 C , A13 A , A14 B

Front side ofright fender

4 A

2 B

1 A

1 B (*2)

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

A3

A,

B

Right kick panel

*1 : 2JZ–GTE*2 : 2JZ–GE

2

1

Radiator Fan Automatic Air Conditioning